| 1 |
684 |
jeremybenn |
/* RTL simplification functions for GNU compiler.
|
| 2 |
|
|
Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
|
| 3 |
|
|
1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010,
|
| 4 |
|
|
2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
| 5 |
|
|
|
| 6 |
|
|
This file is part of GCC.
|
| 7 |
|
|
|
| 8 |
|
|
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
| 9 |
|
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
|
| 10 |
|
|
Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
|
| 11 |
|
|
version.
|
| 12 |
|
|
|
| 13 |
|
|
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
| 14 |
|
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
| 15 |
|
|
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
|
| 16 |
|
|
for more details.
|
| 17 |
|
|
|
| 18 |
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
| 19 |
|
|
along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
|
| 20 |
|
|
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
| 21 |
|
|
|
| 22 |
|
|
|
| 23 |
|
|
#include "config.h"
|
| 24 |
|
|
#include "system.h"
|
| 25 |
|
|
#include "coretypes.h"
|
| 26 |
|
|
#include "tm.h"
|
| 27 |
|
|
#include "rtl.h"
|
| 28 |
|
|
#include "tree.h"
|
| 29 |
|
|
#include "tm_p.h"
|
| 30 |
|
|
#include "regs.h"
|
| 31 |
|
|
#include "hard-reg-set.h"
|
| 32 |
|
|
#include "flags.h"
|
| 33 |
|
|
#include "insn-config.h"
|
| 34 |
|
|
#include "recog.h"
|
| 35 |
|
|
#include "function.h"
|
| 36 |
|
|
#include "expr.h"
|
| 37 |
|
|
#include "diagnostic-core.h"
|
| 38 |
|
|
#include "output.h"
|
| 39 |
|
|
#include "ggc.h"
|
| 40 |
|
|
#include "target.h"
|
| 41 |
|
|
|
| 42 |
|
|
/* Simplification and canonicalization of RTL. */
|
| 43 |
|
|
|
| 44 |
|
|
/* Much code operates on (low, high) pairs; the low value is an
|
| 45 |
|
|
unsigned wide int, the high value a signed wide int. We
|
| 46 |
|
|
occasionally need to sign extend from low to high as if low were a
|
| 47 |
|
|
signed wide int. */
|
| 48 |
|
|
#define HWI_SIGN_EXTEND(low) \
|
| 49 |
|
|
((((HOST_WIDE_INT) low) < 0) ? ((HOST_WIDE_INT) -1) : ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 0))
|
| 50 |
|
|
|
| 51 |
|
|
static rtx neg_const_int (enum machine_mode, const_rtx);
|
| 52 |
|
|
static bool plus_minus_operand_p (const_rtx);
|
| 53 |
|
|
static bool simplify_plus_minus_op_data_cmp (rtx, rtx);
|
| 54 |
|
|
static rtx simplify_plus_minus (enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode, rtx, rtx);
|
| 55 |
|
|
static rtx simplify_immed_subreg (enum machine_mode, rtx, enum machine_mode,
|
| 56 |
|
|
unsigned int);
|
| 57 |
|
|
static rtx simplify_associative_operation (enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode,
|
| 58 |
|
|
rtx, rtx);
|
| 59 |
|
|
static rtx simplify_relational_operation_1 (enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode,
|
| 60 |
|
|
enum machine_mode, rtx, rtx);
|
| 61 |
|
|
static rtx simplify_unary_operation_1 (enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode, rtx);
|
| 62 |
|
|
static rtx simplify_binary_operation_1 (enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode,
|
| 63 |
|
|
rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx);
|
| 64 |
|
|
|
| 65 |
|
|
/* Negate a CONST_INT rtx, truncating (because a conversion from a
|
| 66 |
|
|
maximally negative number can overflow). */
|
| 67 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 68 |
|
|
neg_const_int (enum machine_mode mode, const_rtx i)
|
| 69 |
|
|
{
|
| 70 |
|
|
return gen_int_mode (- INTVAL (i), mode);
|
| 71 |
|
|
}
|
| 72 |
|
|
|
| 73 |
|
|
/* Test whether expression, X, is an immediate constant that represents
|
| 74 |
|
|
the most significant bit of machine mode MODE. */
|
| 75 |
|
|
|
| 76 |
|
|
bool
|
| 77 |
|
|
mode_signbit_p (enum machine_mode mode, const_rtx x)
|
| 78 |
|
|
{
|
| 79 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val;
|
| 80 |
|
|
unsigned int width;
|
| 81 |
|
|
|
| 82 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
|
| 83 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 84 |
|
|
|
| 85 |
|
|
width = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode);
|
| 86 |
|
|
if (width == 0)
|
| 87 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 88 |
|
|
|
| 89 |
|
|
if (width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
| 90 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (x))
|
| 91 |
|
|
val = INTVAL (x);
|
| 92 |
|
|
else if (width <= 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
| 93 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
| 94 |
|
|
&& CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) == 0)
|
| 95 |
|
|
{
|
| 96 |
|
|
val = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x);
|
| 97 |
|
|
width -= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
|
| 98 |
|
|
}
|
| 99 |
|
|
else
|
| 100 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 101 |
|
|
|
| 102 |
|
|
if (width < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 103 |
|
|
val &= ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1;
|
| 104 |
|
|
return val == ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1));
|
| 105 |
|
|
}
|
| 106 |
|
|
|
| 107 |
|
|
/* Test whether VAL is equal to the most significant bit of mode MODE
|
| 108 |
|
|
(after masking with the mode mask of MODE). Returns false if the
|
| 109 |
|
|
precision of MODE is too large to handle. */
|
| 110 |
|
|
|
| 111 |
|
|
bool
|
| 112 |
|
|
val_signbit_p (enum machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val)
|
| 113 |
|
|
{
|
| 114 |
|
|
unsigned int width;
|
| 115 |
|
|
|
| 116 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
|
| 117 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 118 |
|
|
|
| 119 |
|
|
width = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode);
|
| 120 |
|
|
if (width == 0 || width > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 121 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 122 |
|
|
|
| 123 |
|
|
val &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
| 124 |
|
|
return val == ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1));
|
| 125 |
|
|
}
|
| 126 |
|
|
|
| 127 |
|
|
/* Test whether the most significant bit of mode MODE is set in VAL.
|
| 128 |
|
|
Returns false if the precision of MODE is too large to handle. */
|
| 129 |
|
|
bool
|
| 130 |
|
|
val_signbit_known_set_p (enum machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val)
|
| 131 |
|
|
{
|
| 132 |
|
|
unsigned int width;
|
| 133 |
|
|
|
| 134 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
|
| 135 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 136 |
|
|
|
| 137 |
|
|
width = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode);
|
| 138 |
|
|
if (width == 0 || width > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 139 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 140 |
|
|
|
| 141 |
|
|
val &= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1);
|
| 142 |
|
|
return val != 0;
|
| 143 |
|
|
}
|
| 144 |
|
|
|
| 145 |
|
|
/* Test whether the most significant bit of mode MODE is clear in VAL.
|
| 146 |
|
|
Returns false if the precision of MODE is too large to handle. */
|
| 147 |
|
|
bool
|
| 148 |
|
|
val_signbit_known_clear_p (enum machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val)
|
| 149 |
|
|
{
|
| 150 |
|
|
unsigned int width;
|
| 151 |
|
|
|
| 152 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
|
| 153 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 154 |
|
|
|
| 155 |
|
|
width = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode);
|
| 156 |
|
|
if (width == 0 || width > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 157 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 158 |
|
|
|
| 159 |
|
|
val &= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1);
|
| 160 |
|
|
return val == 0;
|
| 161 |
|
|
}
|
| 162 |
|
|
|
| 163 |
|
|
/* Make a binary operation by properly ordering the operands and
|
| 164 |
|
|
seeing if the expression folds. */
|
| 165 |
|
|
|
| 166 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 167 |
|
|
simplify_gen_binary (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0,
|
| 168 |
|
|
rtx op1)
|
| 169 |
|
|
{
|
| 170 |
|
|
rtx tem;
|
| 171 |
|
|
|
| 172 |
|
|
/* If this simplifies, do it. */
|
| 173 |
|
|
tem = simplify_binary_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 174 |
|
|
if (tem)
|
| 175 |
|
|
return tem;
|
| 176 |
|
|
|
| 177 |
|
|
/* Put complex operands first and constants second if commutative. */
|
| 178 |
|
|
if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == RTX_COMM_ARITH
|
| 179 |
|
|
&& swap_commutative_operands_p (op0, op1))
|
| 180 |
|
|
tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem;
|
| 181 |
|
|
|
| 182 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 183 |
|
|
}
|
| 184 |
|
|
|
| 185 |
|
|
/* If X is a MEM referencing the constant pool, return the real value.
|
| 186 |
|
|
Otherwise return X. */
|
| 187 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 188 |
|
|
avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtx x)
|
| 189 |
|
|
{
|
| 190 |
|
|
rtx c, tmp, addr;
|
| 191 |
|
|
enum machine_mode cmode;
|
| 192 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
|
| 193 |
|
|
|
| 194 |
|
|
switch (GET_CODE (x))
|
| 195 |
|
|
{
|
| 196 |
|
|
case MEM:
|
| 197 |
|
|
break;
|
| 198 |
|
|
|
| 199 |
|
|
case FLOAT_EXTEND:
|
| 200 |
|
|
/* Handle float extensions of constant pool references. */
|
| 201 |
|
|
tmp = XEXP (x, 0);
|
| 202 |
|
|
c = avoid_constant_pool_reference (tmp);
|
| 203 |
|
|
if (c != tmp && GET_CODE (c) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
| 204 |
|
|
{
|
| 205 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE d;
|
| 206 |
|
|
|
| 207 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d, c);
|
| 208 |
|
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (d, GET_MODE (x));
|
| 209 |
|
|
}
|
| 210 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 211 |
|
|
|
| 212 |
|
|
default:
|
| 213 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 214 |
|
|
}
|
| 215 |
|
|
|
| 216 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (x) == BLKmode)
|
| 217 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 218 |
|
|
|
| 219 |
|
|
addr = XEXP (x, 0);
|
| 220 |
|
|
|
| 221 |
|
|
/* Call target hook to avoid the effects of -fpic etc.... */
|
| 222 |
|
|
addr = targetm.delegitimize_address (addr);
|
| 223 |
|
|
|
| 224 |
|
|
/* Split the address into a base and integer offset. */
|
| 225 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST
|
| 226 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == PLUS
|
| 227 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (addr, 0), 1)))
|
| 228 |
|
|
{
|
| 229 |
|
|
offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (addr, 0), 1));
|
| 230 |
|
|
addr = XEXP (XEXP (addr, 0), 0);
|
| 231 |
|
|
}
|
| 232 |
|
|
|
| 233 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (addr) == LO_SUM)
|
| 234 |
|
|
addr = XEXP (addr, 1);
|
| 235 |
|
|
|
| 236 |
|
|
/* If this is a constant pool reference, we can turn it into its
|
| 237 |
|
|
constant and hope that simplifications happen. */
|
| 238 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (addr) == SYMBOL_REF
|
| 239 |
|
|
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (addr))
|
| 240 |
|
|
{
|
| 241 |
|
|
c = get_pool_constant (addr);
|
| 242 |
|
|
cmode = get_pool_mode (addr);
|
| 243 |
|
|
|
| 244 |
|
|
/* If we're accessing the constant in a different mode than it was
|
| 245 |
|
|
originally stored, attempt to fix that up via subreg simplifications.
|
| 246 |
|
|
If that fails we have no choice but to return the original memory. */
|
| 247 |
|
|
if (offset != 0 || cmode != GET_MODE (x))
|
| 248 |
|
|
{
|
| 249 |
|
|
rtx tem = simplify_subreg (GET_MODE (x), c, cmode, offset);
|
| 250 |
|
|
if (tem && CONSTANT_P (tem))
|
| 251 |
|
|
return tem;
|
| 252 |
|
|
}
|
| 253 |
|
|
else
|
| 254 |
|
|
return c;
|
| 255 |
|
|
}
|
| 256 |
|
|
|
| 257 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 258 |
|
|
}
|
| 259 |
|
|
|
| 260 |
|
|
/* Simplify a MEM based on its attributes. This is the default
|
| 261 |
|
|
delegitimize_address target hook, and it's recommended that every
|
| 262 |
|
|
overrider call it. */
|
| 263 |
|
|
|
| 264 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 265 |
|
|
delegitimize_mem_from_attrs (rtx x)
|
| 266 |
|
|
{
|
| 267 |
|
|
/* MEMs without MEM_OFFSETs may have been offset, so we can't just
|
| 268 |
|
|
use their base addresses as equivalent. */
|
| 269 |
|
|
if (MEM_P (x)
|
| 270 |
|
|
&& MEM_EXPR (x)
|
| 271 |
|
|
&& MEM_OFFSET_KNOWN_P (x))
|
| 272 |
|
|
{
|
| 273 |
|
|
tree decl = MEM_EXPR (x);
|
| 274 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
|
| 275 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
|
| 276 |
|
|
|
| 277 |
|
|
switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
|
| 278 |
|
|
{
|
| 279 |
|
|
default:
|
| 280 |
|
|
decl = NULL;
|
| 281 |
|
|
break;
|
| 282 |
|
|
|
| 283 |
|
|
case VAR_DECL:
|
| 284 |
|
|
break;
|
| 285 |
|
|
|
| 286 |
|
|
case ARRAY_REF:
|
| 287 |
|
|
case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
|
| 288 |
|
|
case COMPONENT_REF:
|
| 289 |
|
|
case BIT_FIELD_REF:
|
| 290 |
|
|
case REALPART_EXPR:
|
| 291 |
|
|
case IMAGPART_EXPR:
|
| 292 |
|
|
case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
|
| 293 |
|
|
{
|
| 294 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos;
|
| 295 |
|
|
tree toffset;
|
| 296 |
|
|
int unsignedp = 0, volatilep = 0;
|
| 297 |
|
|
|
| 298 |
|
|
decl = get_inner_reference (decl, &bitsize, &bitpos, &toffset,
|
| 299 |
|
|
&mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
|
| 300 |
|
|
if (bitsize != GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)
|
| 301 |
|
|
|| (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT)
|
| 302 |
|
|
|| (toffset && !host_integerp (toffset, 0)))
|
| 303 |
|
|
decl = NULL;
|
| 304 |
|
|
else
|
| 305 |
|
|
{
|
| 306 |
|
|
offset += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
| 307 |
|
|
if (toffset)
|
| 308 |
|
|
offset += TREE_INT_CST_LOW (toffset);
|
| 309 |
|
|
}
|
| 310 |
|
|
break;
|
| 311 |
|
|
}
|
| 312 |
|
|
}
|
| 313 |
|
|
|
| 314 |
|
|
if (decl
|
| 315 |
|
|
&& mode == GET_MODE (x)
|
| 316 |
|
|
&& TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
|
| 317 |
|
|
&& (TREE_STATIC (decl)
|
| 318 |
|
|
|| DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (decl))
|
| 319 |
|
|
&& DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl)
|
| 320 |
|
|
&& MEM_P (DECL_RTL (decl)))
|
| 321 |
|
|
{
|
| 322 |
|
|
rtx newx;
|
| 323 |
|
|
|
| 324 |
|
|
offset += MEM_OFFSET (x);
|
| 325 |
|
|
|
| 326 |
|
|
newx = DECL_RTL (decl);
|
| 327 |
|
|
|
| 328 |
|
|
if (MEM_P (newx))
|
| 329 |
|
|
{
|
| 330 |
|
|
rtx n = XEXP (newx, 0), o = XEXP (x, 0);
|
| 331 |
|
|
|
| 332 |
|
|
/* Avoid creating a new MEM needlessly if we already had
|
| 333 |
|
|
the same address. We do if there's no OFFSET and the
|
| 334 |
|
|
old address X is identical to NEWX, or if X is of the
|
| 335 |
|
|
form (plus NEWX OFFSET), or the NEWX is of the form
|
| 336 |
|
|
(plus Y (const_int Z)) and X is that with the offset
|
| 337 |
|
|
added: (plus Y (const_int Z+OFFSET)). */
|
| 338 |
|
|
if (!((offset == 0
|
| 339 |
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (o) == PLUS
|
| 340 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (o, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
| 341 |
|
|
&& (offset == INTVAL (XEXP (o, 1))
|
| 342 |
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (n) == PLUS
|
| 343 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (n, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
| 344 |
|
|
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (n, 1)) + offset
|
| 345 |
|
|
== INTVAL (XEXP (o, 1)))
|
| 346 |
|
|
&& (n = XEXP (n, 0))))
|
| 347 |
|
|
&& (o = XEXP (o, 0))))
|
| 348 |
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (o, n)))
|
| 349 |
|
|
x = adjust_address_nv (newx, mode, offset);
|
| 350 |
|
|
}
|
| 351 |
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (x) == GET_MODE (newx)
|
| 352 |
|
|
&& offset == 0)
|
| 353 |
|
|
x = newx;
|
| 354 |
|
|
}
|
| 355 |
|
|
}
|
| 356 |
|
|
|
| 357 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 358 |
|
|
}
|
| 359 |
|
|
|
| 360 |
|
|
/* Make a unary operation by first seeing if it folds and otherwise making
|
| 361 |
|
|
the specified operation. */
|
| 362 |
|
|
|
| 363 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 364 |
|
|
simplify_gen_unary (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode, rtx op,
|
| 365 |
|
|
enum machine_mode op_mode)
|
| 366 |
|
|
{
|
| 367 |
|
|
rtx tem;
|
| 368 |
|
|
|
| 369 |
|
|
/* If this simplifies, use it. */
|
| 370 |
|
|
if ((tem = simplify_unary_operation (code, mode, op, op_mode)) != 0)
|
| 371 |
|
|
return tem;
|
| 372 |
|
|
|
| 373 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_fmt_e (code, mode, op);
|
| 374 |
|
|
}
|
| 375 |
|
|
|
| 376 |
|
|
/* Likewise for ternary operations. */
|
| 377 |
|
|
|
| 378 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 379 |
|
|
simplify_gen_ternary (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
| 380 |
|
|
enum machine_mode op0_mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx op2)
|
| 381 |
|
|
{
|
| 382 |
|
|
rtx tem;
|
| 383 |
|
|
|
| 384 |
|
|
/* If this simplifies, use it. */
|
| 385 |
|
|
if (0 != (tem = simplify_ternary_operation (code, mode, op0_mode,
|
| 386 |
|
|
op0, op1, op2)))
|
| 387 |
|
|
return tem;
|
| 388 |
|
|
|
| 389 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_fmt_eee (code, mode, op0, op1, op2);
|
| 390 |
|
|
}
|
| 391 |
|
|
|
| 392 |
|
|
/* Likewise, for relational operations.
|
| 393 |
|
|
CMP_MODE specifies mode comparison is done in. */
|
| 394 |
|
|
|
| 395 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 396 |
|
|
simplify_gen_relational (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
| 397 |
|
|
enum machine_mode cmp_mode, rtx op0, rtx op1)
|
| 398 |
|
|
{
|
| 399 |
|
|
rtx tem;
|
| 400 |
|
|
|
| 401 |
|
|
if (0 != (tem = simplify_relational_operation (code, mode, cmp_mode,
|
| 402 |
|
|
op0, op1)))
|
| 403 |
|
|
return tem;
|
| 404 |
|
|
|
| 405 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 406 |
|
|
}
|
| 407 |
|
|
|
| 408 |
|
|
/* If FN is NULL, replace all occurrences of OLD_RTX in X with copy_rtx (DATA)
|
| 409 |
|
|
and simplify the result. If FN is non-NULL, call this callback on each
|
| 410 |
|
|
X, if it returns non-NULL, replace X with its return value and simplify the
|
| 411 |
|
|
result. */
|
| 412 |
|
|
|
| 413 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 414 |
|
|
simplify_replace_fn_rtx (rtx x, const_rtx old_rtx,
|
| 415 |
|
|
rtx (*fn) (rtx, const_rtx, void *), void *data)
|
| 416 |
|
|
{
|
| 417 |
|
|
enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
|
| 418 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
|
| 419 |
|
|
enum machine_mode op_mode;
|
| 420 |
|
|
const char *fmt;
|
| 421 |
|
|
rtx op0, op1, op2, newx, op;
|
| 422 |
|
|
rtvec vec, newvec;
|
| 423 |
|
|
int i, j;
|
| 424 |
|
|
|
| 425 |
|
|
if (__builtin_expect (fn != NULL, 0))
|
| 426 |
|
|
{
|
| 427 |
|
|
newx = fn (x, old_rtx, data);
|
| 428 |
|
|
if (newx)
|
| 429 |
|
|
return newx;
|
| 430 |
|
|
}
|
| 431 |
|
|
else if (rtx_equal_p (x, old_rtx))
|
| 432 |
|
|
return copy_rtx ((rtx) data);
|
| 433 |
|
|
|
| 434 |
|
|
switch (GET_RTX_CLASS (code))
|
| 435 |
|
|
{
|
| 436 |
|
|
case RTX_UNARY:
|
| 437 |
|
|
op0 = XEXP (x, 0);
|
| 438 |
|
|
op_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
| 439 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (op0, old_rtx, fn, data);
|
| 440 |
|
|
if (op0 == XEXP (x, 0))
|
| 441 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 442 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (code, mode, op0, op_mode);
|
| 443 |
|
|
|
| 444 |
|
|
case RTX_BIN_ARITH:
|
| 445 |
|
|
case RTX_COMM_ARITH:
|
| 446 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (XEXP (x, 0), old_rtx, fn, data);
|
| 447 |
|
|
op1 = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (XEXP (x, 1), old_rtx, fn, data);
|
| 448 |
|
|
if (op0 == XEXP (x, 0) && op1 == XEXP (x, 1))
|
| 449 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 450 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 451 |
|
|
|
| 452 |
|
|
case RTX_COMPARE:
|
| 453 |
|
|
case RTX_COMM_COMPARE:
|
| 454 |
|
|
op0 = XEXP (x, 0);
|
| 455 |
|
|
op1 = XEXP (x, 1);
|
| 456 |
|
|
op_mode = GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode ? GET_MODE (op0) : GET_MODE (op1);
|
| 457 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (op0, old_rtx, fn, data);
|
| 458 |
|
|
op1 = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (op1, old_rtx, fn, data);
|
| 459 |
|
|
if (op0 == XEXP (x, 0) && op1 == XEXP (x, 1))
|
| 460 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 461 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, op_mode, op0, op1);
|
| 462 |
|
|
|
| 463 |
|
|
case RTX_TERNARY:
|
| 464 |
|
|
case RTX_BITFIELD_OPS:
|
| 465 |
|
|
op0 = XEXP (x, 0);
|
| 466 |
|
|
op_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
| 467 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (op0, old_rtx, fn, data);
|
| 468 |
|
|
op1 = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (XEXP (x, 1), old_rtx, fn, data);
|
| 469 |
|
|
op2 = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (XEXP (x, 2), old_rtx, fn, data);
|
| 470 |
|
|
if (op0 == XEXP (x, 0) && op1 == XEXP (x, 1) && op2 == XEXP (x, 2))
|
| 471 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 472 |
|
|
if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
|
| 473 |
|
|
op_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
| 474 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_ternary (code, mode, op_mode, op0, op1, op2);
|
| 475 |
|
|
|
| 476 |
|
|
case RTX_EXTRA:
|
| 477 |
|
|
if (code == SUBREG)
|
| 478 |
|
|
{
|
| 479 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (SUBREG_REG (x), old_rtx, fn, data);
|
| 480 |
|
|
if (op0 == SUBREG_REG (x))
|
| 481 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 482 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_gen_subreg (GET_MODE (x), op0,
|
| 483 |
|
|
GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)),
|
| 484 |
|
|
SUBREG_BYTE (x));
|
| 485 |
|
|
return op0 ? op0 : x;
|
| 486 |
|
|
}
|
| 487 |
|
|
break;
|
| 488 |
|
|
|
| 489 |
|
|
case RTX_OBJ:
|
| 490 |
|
|
if (code == MEM)
|
| 491 |
|
|
{
|
| 492 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (XEXP (x, 0), old_rtx, fn, data);
|
| 493 |
|
|
if (op0 == XEXP (x, 0))
|
| 494 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 495 |
|
|
return replace_equiv_address_nv (x, op0);
|
| 496 |
|
|
}
|
| 497 |
|
|
else if (code == LO_SUM)
|
| 498 |
|
|
{
|
| 499 |
|
|
op0 = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (XEXP (x, 0), old_rtx, fn, data);
|
| 500 |
|
|
op1 = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (XEXP (x, 1), old_rtx, fn, data);
|
| 501 |
|
|
|
| 502 |
|
|
/* (lo_sum (high x) x) -> x */
|
| 503 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == HIGH && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1))
|
| 504 |
|
|
return op1;
|
| 505 |
|
|
|
| 506 |
|
|
if (op0 == XEXP (x, 0) && op1 == XEXP (x, 1))
|
| 507 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 508 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_LO_SUM (mode, op0, op1);
|
| 509 |
|
|
}
|
| 510 |
|
|
break;
|
| 511 |
|
|
|
| 512 |
|
|
default:
|
| 513 |
|
|
break;
|
| 514 |
|
|
}
|
| 515 |
|
|
|
| 516 |
|
|
newx = x;
|
| 517 |
|
|
fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
|
| 518 |
|
|
for (i = 0; fmt[i]; i++)
|
| 519 |
|
|
switch (fmt[i])
|
| 520 |
|
|
{
|
| 521 |
|
|
case 'E':
|
| 522 |
|
|
vec = XVEC (x, i);
|
| 523 |
|
|
newvec = XVEC (newx, i);
|
| 524 |
|
|
for (j = 0; j < GET_NUM_ELEM (vec); j++)
|
| 525 |
|
|
{
|
| 526 |
|
|
op = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (RTVEC_ELT (vec, j),
|
| 527 |
|
|
old_rtx, fn, data);
|
| 528 |
|
|
if (op != RTVEC_ELT (vec, j))
|
| 529 |
|
|
{
|
| 530 |
|
|
if (newvec == vec)
|
| 531 |
|
|
{
|
| 532 |
|
|
newvec = shallow_copy_rtvec (vec);
|
| 533 |
|
|
if (x == newx)
|
| 534 |
|
|
newx = shallow_copy_rtx (x);
|
| 535 |
|
|
XVEC (newx, i) = newvec;
|
| 536 |
|
|
}
|
| 537 |
|
|
RTVEC_ELT (newvec, j) = op;
|
| 538 |
|
|
}
|
| 539 |
|
|
}
|
| 540 |
|
|
break;
|
| 541 |
|
|
|
| 542 |
|
|
case 'e':
|
| 543 |
|
|
if (XEXP (x, i))
|
| 544 |
|
|
{
|
| 545 |
|
|
op = simplify_replace_fn_rtx (XEXP (x, i), old_rtx, fn, data);
|
| 546 |
|
|
if (op != XEXP (x, i))
|
| 547 |
|
|
{
|
| 548 |
|
|
if (x == newx)
|
| 549 |
|
|
newx = shallow_copy_rtx (x);
|
| 550 |
|
|
XEXP (newx, i) = op;
|
| 551 |
|
|
}
|
| 552 |
|
|
}
|
| 553 |
|
|
break;
|
| 554 |
|
|
}
|
| 555 |
|
|
return newx;
|
| 556 |
|
|
}
|
| 557 |
|
|
|
| 558 |
|
|
/* Replace all occurrences of OLD_RTX in X with NEW_RTX and try to simplify the
|
| 559 |
|
|
resulting RTX. Return a new RTX which is as simplified as possible. */
|
| 560 |
|
|
|
| 561 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 562 |
|
|
simplify_replace_rtx (rtx x, const_rtx old_rtx, rtx new_rtx)
|
| 563 |
|
|
{
|
| 564 |
|
|
return simplify_replace_fn_rtx (x, old_rtx, 0, new_rtx);
|
| 565 |
|
|
}
|
| 566 |
|
|
|
| 567 |
|
|
/* Try to simplify a unary operation CODE whose output mode is to be
|
| 568 |
|
|
MODE with input operand OP whose mode was originally OP_MODE.
|
| 569 |
|
|
Return zero if no simplification can be made. */
|
| 570 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 571 |
|
|
simplify_unary_operation (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
| 572 |
|
|
rtx op, enum machine_mode op_mode)
|
| 573 |
|
|
{
|
| 574 |
|
|
rtx trueop, tem;
|
| 575 |
|
|
|
| 576 |
|
|
trueop = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op);
|
| 577 |
|
|
|
| 578 |
|
|
tem = simplify_const_unary_operation (code, mode, trueop, op_mode);
|
| 579 |
|
|
if (tem)
|
| 580 |
|
|
return tem;
|
| 581 |
|
|
|
| 582 |
|
|
return simplify_unary_operation_1 (code, mode, op);
|
| 583 |
|
|
}
|
| 584 |
|
|
|
| 585 |
|
|
/* Perform some simplifications we can do even if the operands
|
| 586 |
|
|
aren't constant. */
|
| 587 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 588 |
|
|
simplify_unary_operation_1 (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode, rtx op)
|
| 589 |
|
|
{
|
| 590 |
|
|
enum rtx_code reversed;
|
| 591 |
|
|
rtx temp;
|
| 592 |
|
|
|
| 593 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 594 |
|
|
{
|
| 595 |
|
|
case NOT:
|
| 596 |
|
|
/* (not (not X)) == X. */
|
| 597 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == NOT)
|
| 598 |
|
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
| 599 |
|
|
|
| 600 |
|
|
/* (not (eq X Y)) == (ne X Y), etc. if BImode or the result of the
|
| 601 |
|
|
comparison is all ones. */
|
| 602 |
|
|
if (COMPARISON_P (op)
|
| 603 |
|
|
&& (mode == BImode || STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1)
|
| 604 |
|
|
&& ((reversed = reversed_comparison_code (op, NULL_RTX)) != UNKNOWN))
|
| 605 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (reversed, mode, VOIDmode,
|
| 606 |
|
|
XEXP (op, 0), XEXP (op, 1));
|
| 607 |
|
|
|
| 608 |
|
|
/* (not (plus X -1)) can become (neg X). */
|
| 609 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == PLUS
|
| 610 |
|
|
&& XEXP (op, 1) == constm1_rtx)
|
| 611 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, XEXP (op, 0), mode);
|
| 612 |
|
|
|
| 613 |
|
|
/* Similarly, (not (neg X)) is (plus X -1). */
|
| 614 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == NEG)
|
| 615 |
|
|
return plus_constant (XEXP (op, 0), -1);
|
| 616 |
|
|
|
| 617 |
|
|
/* (not (xor X C)) for C constant is (xor X D) with D = ~C. */
|
| 618 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == XOR
|
| 619 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op, 1))
|
| 620 |
|
|
&& (temp = simplify_unary_operation (NOT, mode,
|
| 621 |
|
|
XEXP (op, 1), mode)) != 0)
|
| 622 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, XEXP (op, 0), temp);
|
| 623 |
|
|
|
| 624 |
|
|
/* (not (plus X C)) for signbit C is (xor X D) with D = ~C. */
|
| 625 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == PLUS
|
| 626 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op, 1))
|
| 627 |
|
|
&& mode_signbit_p (mode, XEXP (op, 1))
|
| 628 |
|
|
&& (temp = simplify_unary_operation (NOT, mode,
|
| 629 |
|
|
XEXP (op, 1), mode)) != 0)
|
| 630 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, XEXP (op, 0), temp);
|
| 631 |
|
|
|
| 632 |
|
|
|
| 633 |
|
|
/* (not (ashift 1 X)) is (rotate ~1 X). We used to do this for
|
| 634 |
|
|
operands other than 1, but that is not valid. We could do a
|
| 635 |
|
|
similar simplification for (not (lshiftrt C X)) where C is
|
| 636 |
|
|
just the sign bit, but this doesn't seem common enough to
|
| 637 |
|
|
bother with. */
|
| 638 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFT
|
| 639 |
|
|
&& XEXP (op, 0) == const1_rtx)
|
| 640 |
|
|
{
|
| 641 |
|
|
temp = simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, const1_rtx, mode);
|
| 642 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ROTATE, mode, temp, XEXP (op, 1));
|
| 643 |
|
|
}
|
| 644 |
|
|
|
| 645 |
|
|
/* (not (ashiftrt foo C)) where C is the number of bits in FOO
|
| 646 |
|
|
minus 1 is (ge foo (const_int 0)) if STORE_FLAG_VALUE is -1,
|
| 647 |
|
|
so we can perform the above simplification. */
|
| 648 |
|
|
|
| 649 |
|
|
if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1
|
| 650 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFTRT
|
| 651 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1))
|
| 652 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) == GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) - 1)
|
| 653 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (GE, mode, VOIDmode,
|
| 654 |
|
|
XEXP (op, 0), const0_rtx);
|
| 655 |
|
|
|
| 656 |
|
|
|
| 657 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
| 658 |
|
|
&& subreg_lowpart_p (op)
|
| 659 |
|
|
&& (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op))
|
| 660 |
|
|
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op))))
|
| 661 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) == ASHIFT
|
| 662 |
|
|
&& XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op), 0) == const1_rtx)
|
| 663 |
|
|
{
|
| 664 |
|
|
enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op));
|
| 665 |
|
|
rtx x;
|
| 666 |
|
|
|
| 667 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_ROTATE (inner_mode,
|
| 668 |
|
|
simplify_gen_unary (NOT, inner_mode, const1_rtx,
|
| 669 |
|
|
inner_mode),
|
| 670 |
|
|
XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op), 1));
|
| 671 |
|
|
return rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (mode, x);
|
| 672 |
|
|
}
|
| 673 |
|
|
|
| 674 |
|
|
/* Apply De Morgan's laws to reduce number of patterns for machines
|
| 675 |
|
|
with negating logical insns (and-not, nand, etc.). If result has
|
| 676 |
|
|
only one NOT, put it first, since that is how the patterns are
|
| 677 |
|
|
coded. */
|
| 678 |
|
|
|
| 679 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == IOR || GET_CODE (op) == AND)
|
| 680 |
|
|
{
|
| 681 |
|
|
rtx in1 = XEXP (op, 0), in2 = XEXP (op, 1);
|
| 682 |
|
|
enum machine_mode op_mode;
|
| 683 |
|
|
|
| 684 |
|
|
op_mode = GET_MODE (in1);
|
| 685 |
|
|
in1 = simplify_gen_unary (NOT, op_mode, in1, op_mode);
|
| 686 |
|
|
|
| 687 |
|
|
op_mode = GET_MODE (in2);
|
| 688 |
|
|
if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
|
| 689 |
|
|
op_mode = mode;
|
| 690 |
|
|
in2 = simplify_gen_unary (NOT, op_mode, in2, op_mode);
|
| 691 |
|
|
|
| 692 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (in2) == NOT && GET_CODE (in1) != NOT)
|
| 693 |
|
|
{
|
| 694 |
|
|
rtx tem = in2;
|
| 695 |
|
|
in2 = in1; in1 = tem;
|
| 696 |
|
|
}
|
| 697 |
|
|
|
| 698 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE (op) == IOR ? AND : IOR,
|
| 699 |
|
|
mode, in1, in2);
|
| 700 |
|
|
}
|
| 701 |
|
|
break;
|
| 702 |
|
|
|
| 703 |
|
|
case NEG:
|
| 704 |
|
|
/* (neg (neg X)) == X. */
|
| 705 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == NEG)
|
| 706 |
|
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
| 707 |
|
|
|
| 708 |
|
|
/* (neg (plus X 1)) can become (not X). */
|
| 709 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == PLUS
|
| 710 |
|
|
&& XEXP (op, 1) == const1_rtx)
|
| 711 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, XEXP (op, 0), mode);
|
| 712 |
|
|
|
| 713 |
|
|
/* Similarly, (neg (not X)) is (plus X 1). */
|
| 714 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == NOT)
|
| 715 |
|
|
return plus_constant (XEXP (op, 0), 1);
|
| 716 |
|
|
|
| 717 |
|
|
/* (neg (minus X Y)) can become (minus Y X). This transformation
|
| 718 |
|
|
isn't safe for modes with signed zeros, since if X and Y are
|
| 719 |
|
|
both +0, (minus Y X) is the same as (minus X Y). If the
|
| 720 |
|
|
rounding mode is towards +infinity (or -infinity) then the two
|
| 721 |
|
|
expressions will be rounded differently. */
|
| 722 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == MINUS
|
| 723 |
|
|
&& !HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
|
| 724 |
|
|
&& !HONOR_SIGN_DEPENDENT_ROUNDING (mode))
|
| 725 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, XEXP (op, 1), XEXP (op, 0));
|
| 726 |
|
|
|
| 727 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == PLUS
|
| 728 |
|
|
&& !HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
|
| 729 |
|
|
&& !HONOR_SIGN_DEPENDENT_ROUNDING (mode))
|
| 730 |
|
|
{
|
| 731 |
|
|
/* (neg (plus A C)) is simplified to (minus -C A). */
|
| 732 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op, 1))
|
| 733 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
| 734 |
|
|
{
|
| 735 |
|
|
temp = simplify_unary_operation (NEG, mode, XEXP (op, 1), mode);
|
| 736 |
|
|
if (temp)
|
| 737 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, temp, XEXP (op, 0));
|
| 738 |
|
|
}
|
| 739 |
|
|
|
| 740 |
|
|
/* (neg (plus A B)) is canonicalized to (minus (neg A) B). */
|
| 741 |
|
|
temp = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, XEXP (op, 0), mode);
|
| 742 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, temp, XEXP (op, 1));
|
| 743 |
|
|
}
|
| 744 |
|
|
|
| 745 |
|
|
/* (neg (mult A B)) becomes (mult A (neg B)).
|
| 746 |
|
|
This works even for floating-point values. */
|
| 747 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == MULT
|
| 748 |
|
|
&& !HONOR_SIGN_DEPENDENT_ROUNDING (mode))
|
| 749 |
|
|
{
|
| 750 |
|
|
temp = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, XEXP (op, 1), mode);
|
| 751 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, XEXP (op, 0), temp);
|
| 752 |
|
|
}
|
| 753 |
|
|
|
| 754 |
|
|
/* NEG commutes with ASHIFT since it is multiplication. Only do
|
| 755 |
|
|
this if we can then eliminate the NEG (e.g., if the operand
|
| 756 |
|
|
is a constant). */
|
| 757 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFT)
|
| 758 |
|
|
{
|
| 759 |
|
|
temp = simplify_unary_operation (NEG, mode, XEXP (op, 0), mode);
|
| 760 |
|
|
if (temp)
|
| 761 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFT, mode, temp, XEXP (op, 1));
|
| 762 |
|
|
}
|
| 763 |
|
|
|
| 764 |
|
|
/* (neg (ashiftrt X C)) can be replaced by (lshiftrt X C) when
|
| 765 |
|
|
C is equal to the width of MODE minus 1. */
|
| 766 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFTRT
|
| 767 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op, 1))
|
| 768 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) == GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) - 1)
|
| 769 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, mode,
|
| 770 |
|
|
XEXP (op, 0), XEXP (op, 1));
|
| 771 |
|
|
|
| 772 |
|
|
/* (neg (lshiftrt X C)) can be replaced by (ashiftrt X C) when
|
| 773 |
|
|
C is equal to the width of MODE minus 1. */
|
| 774 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == LSHIFTRT
|
| 775 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op, 1))
|
| 776 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) == GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) - 1)
|
| 777 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFTRT, mode,
|
| 778 |
|
|
XEXP (op, 0), XEXP (op, 1));
|
| 779 |
|
|
|
| 780 |
|
|
/* (neg (xor A 1)) is (plus A -1) if A is known to be either 0 or 1. */
|
| 781 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == XOR
|
| 782 |
|
|
&& XEXP (op, 1) == const1_rtx
|
| 783 |
|
|
&& nonzero_bits (XEXP (op, 0), mode) == 1)
|
| 784 |
|
|
return plus_constant (XEXP (op, 0), -1);
|
| 785 |
|
|
|
| 786 |
|
|
/* (neg (lt x 0)) is (ashiftrt X C) if STORE_FLAG_VALUE is 1. */
|
| 787 |
|
|
/* (neg (lt x 0)) is (lshiftrt X C) if STORE_FLAG_VALUE is -1. */
|
| 788 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == LT
|
| 789 |
|
|
&& XEXP (op, 1) == const0_rtx
|
| 790 |
|
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0))))
|
| 791 |
|
|
{
|
| 792 |
|
|
enum machine_mode inner = GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0));
|
| 793 |
|
|
int isize = GET_MODE_PRECISION (inner);
|
| 794 |
|
|
if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1)
|
| 795 |
|
|
{
|
| 796 |
|
|
temp = simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFTRT, inner, XEXP (op, 0),
|
| 797 |
|
|
GEN_INT (isize - 1));
|
| 798 |
|
|
if (mode == inner)
|
| 799 |
|
|
return temp;
|
| 800 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) > isize)
|
| 801 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (SIGN_EXTEND, mode, temp, inner);
|
| 802 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (TRUNCATE, mode, temp, inner);
|
| 803 |
|
|
}
|
| 804 |
|
|
else if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1)
|
| 805 |
|
|
{
|
| 806 |
|
|
temp = simplify_gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, inner, XEXP (op, 0),
|
| 807 |
|
|
GEN_INT (isize - 1));
|
| 808 |
|
|
if (mode == inner)
|
| 809 |
|
|
return temp;
|
| 810 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) > isize)
|
| 811 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, temp, inner);
|
| 812 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (TRUNCATE, mode, temp, inner);
|
| 813 |
|
|
}
|
| 814 |
|
|
}
|
| 815 |
|
|
break;
|
| 816 |
|
|
|
| 817 |
|
|
case TRUNCATE:
|
| 818 |
|
|
/* We can't handle truncation to a partial integer mode here
|
| 819 |
|
|
because we don't know the real bitsize of the partial
|
| 820 |
|
|
integer mode. */
|
| 821 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_PARTIAL_INT)
|
| 822 |
|
|
break;
|
| 823 |
|
|
|
| 824 |
|
|
/* (truncate:SI ({sign,zero}_extend:DI foo:SI)) == foo:SI. */
|
| 825 |
|
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == SIGN_EXTEND
|
| 826 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == ZERO_EXTEND)
|
| 827 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == mode)
|
| 828 |
|
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
| 829 |
|
|
|
| 830 |
|
|
/* (truncate:SI (OP:DI ({sign,zero}_extend:DI foo:SI))) is
|
| 831 |
|
|
(OP:SI foo:SI) if OP is NEG or ABS. */
|
| 832 |
|
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == ABS
|
| 833 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == NEG)
|
| 834 |
|
|
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND
|
| 835 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND)
|
| 836 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == mode)
|
| 837 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (GET_CODE (op), mode,
|
| 838 |
|
|
XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0), mode);
|
| 839 |
|
|
|
| 840 |
|
|
/* (truncate:A (subreg:B (truncate:C X) 0)) is
|
| 841 |
|
|
(truncate:A X). */
|
| 842 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
| 843 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) == TRUNCATE
|
| 844 |
|
|
&& subreg_lowpart_p (op))
|
| 845 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (TRUNCATE, mode, XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op), 0),
|
| 846 |
|
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op), 0)));
|
| 847 |
|
|
|
| 848 |
|
|
/* If we know that the value is already truncated, we can
|
| 849 |
|
|
replace the TRUNCATE with a SUBREG. Note that this is also
|
| 850 |
|
|
valid if TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION is false for the corresponding
|
| 851 |
|
|
modes we just have to apply a different definition for
|
| 852 |
|
|
truncation. But don't do this for an (LSHIFTRT (MULT ...))
|
| 853 |
|
|
since this will cause problems with the umulXi3_highpart
|
| 854 |
|
|
patterns. */
|
| 855 |
|
|
if ((TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION_MODES_P (mode, GET_MODE (op))
|
| 856 |
|
|
? (num_sign_bit_copies (op, GET_MODE (op))
|
| 857 |
|
|
> (unsigned int) (GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (op))
|
| 858 |
|
|
- GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode)))
|
| 859 |
|
|
: truncated_to_mode (mode, op))
|
| 860 |
|
|
&& ! (GET_CODE (op) == LSHIFTRT
|
| 861 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == MULT))
|
| 862 |
|
|
return rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (mode, op);
|
| 863 |
|
|
|
| 864 |
|
|
/* A truncate of a comparison can be replaced with a subreg if
|
| 865 |
|
|
STORE_FLAG_VALUE permits. This is like the previous test,
|
| 866 |
|
|
but it works even if the comparison is done in a mode larger
|
| 867 |
|
|
than HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
|
| 868 |
|
|
if (HWI_COMPUTABLE_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 869 |
|
|
&& COMPARISON_P (op)
|
| 870 |
|
|
&& (STORE_FLAG_VALUE & ~GET_MODE_MASK (mode)) == 0)
|
| 871 |
|
|
return rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (mode, op);
|
| 872 |
|
|
break;
|
| 873 |
|
|
|
| 874 |
|
|
case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
|
| 875 |
|
|
if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
|
| 876 |
|
|
break;
|
| 877 |
|
|
|
| 878 |
|
|
/* (float_truncate:SF (float_extend:DF foo:SF)) = foo:SF. */
|
| 879 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == FLOAT_EXTEND
|
| 880 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == mode)
|
| 881 |
|
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
| 882 |
|
|
|
| 883 |
|
|
/* (float_truncate:SF (float_truncate:DF foo:XF))
|
| 884 |
|
|
= (float_truncate:SF foo:XF).
|
| 885 |
|
|
This may eliminate double rounding, so it is unsafe.
|
| 886 |
|
|
|
| 887 |
|
|
(float_truncate:SF (float_extend:XF foo:DF))
|
| 888 |
|
|
= (float_truncate:SF foo:DF).
|
| 889 |
|
|
|
| 890 |
|
|
(float_truncate:DF (float_extend:XF foo:SF))
|
| 891 |
|
|
= (float_extend:SF foo:DF). */
|
| 892 |
|
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == FLOAT_TRUNCATE
|
| 893 |
|
|
&& flag_unsafe_math_optimizations)
|
| 894 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == FLOAT_EXTEND)
|
| 895 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (op,
|
| 896 |
|
|
0)))
|
| 897 |
|
|
> GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)
|
| 898 |
|
|
? FLOAT_TRUNCATE : FLOAT_EXTEND,
|
| 899 |
|
|
mode,
|
| 900 |
|
|
XEXP (op, 0), mode);
|
| 901 |
|
|
|
| 902 |
|
|
/* (float_truncate (float x)) is (float x) */
|
| 903 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == FLOAT
|
| 904 |
|
|
&& (flag_unsafe_math_optimizations
|
| 905 |
|
|
|| (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op))
|
| 906 |
|
|
&& ((unsigned)significand_size (GET_MODE (op))
|
| 907 |
|
|
>= (GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)))
|
| 908 |
|
|
- num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (op, 0),
|
| 909 |
|
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0))))))))
|
| 910 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (FLOAT, mode,
|
| 911 |
|
|
XEXP (op, 0),
|
| 912 |
|
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
| 913 |
|
|
|
| 914 |
|
|
/* (float_truncate:SF (OP:DF (float_extend:DF foo:sf))) is
|
| 915 |
|
|
(OP:SF foo:SF) if OP is NEG or ABS. */
|
| 916 |
|
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == ABS
|
| 917 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == NEG)
|
| 918 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == FLOAT_EXTEND
|
| 919 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == mode)
|
| 920 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (GET_CODE (op), mode,
|
| 921 |
|
|
XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0), mode);
|
| 922 |
|
|
|
| 923 |
|
|
/* (float_truncate:SF (subreg:DF (float_truncate:SF X) 0))
|
| 924 |
|
|
is (float_truncate:SF x). */
|
| 925 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
| 926 |
|
|
&& subreg_lowpart_p (op)
|
| 927 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) == FLOAT_TRUNCATE)
|
| 928 |
|
|
return SUBREG_REG (op);
|
| 929 |
|
|
break;
|
| 930 |
|
|
|
| 931 |
|
|
case FLOAT_EXTEND:
|
| 932 |
|
|
if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
|
| 933 |
|
|
break;
|
| 934 |
|
|
|
| 935 |
|
|
/* (float_extend (float_extend x)) is (float_extend x)
|
| 936 |
|
|
|
| 937 |
|
|
(float_extend (float x)) is (float x) assuming that double
|
| 938 |
|
|
rounding can't happen.
|
| 939 |
|
|
*/
|
| 940 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == FLOAT_EXTEND
|
| 941 |
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (op) == FLOAT
|
| 942 |
|
|
&& SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op))
|
| 943 |
|
|
&& ((unsigned)significand_size (GET_MODE (op))
|
| 944 |
|
|
>= (GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)))
|
| 945 |
|
|
- num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (op, 0),
|
| 946 |
|
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)))))))
|
| 947 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (GET_CODE (op), mode,
|
| 948 |
|
|
XEXP (op, 0),
|
| 949 |
|
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
| 950 |
|
|
|
| 951 |
|
|
break;
|
| 952 |
|
|
|
| 953 |
|
|
case ABS:
|
| 954 |
|
|
/* (abs (neg <foo>)) -> (abs <foo>) */
|
| 955 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == NEG)
|
| 956 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (ABS, mode, XEXP (op, 0),
|
| 957 |
|
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
| 958 |
|
|
|
| 959 |
|
|
/* If the mode of the operand is VOIDmode (i.e. if it is ASM_OPERANDS),
|
| 960 |
|
|
do nothing. */
|
| 961 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode)
|
| 962 |
|
|
break;
|
| 963 |
|
|
|
| 964 |
|
|
/* If operand is something known to be positive, ignore the ABS. */
|
| 965 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == FFS || GET_CODE (op) == ABS
|
| 966 |
|
|
|| val_signbit_known_clear_p (GET_MODE (op),
|
| 967 |
|
|
nonzero_bits (op, GET_MODE (op))))
|
| 968 |
|
|
return op;
|
| 969 |
|
|
|
| 970 |
|
|
/* If operand is known to be only -1 or 0, convert ABS to NEG. */
|
| 971 |
|
|
if (num_sign_bit_copies (op, mode) == GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode))
|
| 972 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_NEG (mode, op);
|
| 973 |
|
|
|
| 974 |
|
|
break;
|
| 975 |
|
|
|
| 976 |
|
|
case FFS:
|
| 977 |
|
|
/* (ffs (*_extend <X>)) = (ffs <X>) */
|
| 978 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SIGN_EXTEND
|
| 979 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == ZERO_EXTEND)
|
| 980 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (FFS, mode, XEXP (op, 0),
|
| 981 |
|
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
| 982 |
|
|
break;
|
| 983 |
|
|
|
| 984 |
|
|
case POPCOUNT:
|
| 985 |
|
|
switch (GET_CODE (op))
|
| 986 |
|
|
{
|
| 987 |
|
|
case BSWAP:
|
| 988 |
|
|
case ZERO_EXTEND:
|
| 989 |
|
|
/* (popcount (zero_extend <X>)) = (popcount <X>) */
|
| 990 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (POPCOUNT, mode, XEXP (op, 0),
|
| 991 |
|
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
| 992 |
|
|
|
| 993 |
|
|
case ROTATE:
|
| 994 |
|
|
case ROTATERT:
|
| 995 |
|
|
/* Rotations don't affect popcount. */
|
| 996 |
|
|
if (!side_effects_p (XEXP (op, 1)))
|
| 997 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (POPCOUNT, mode, XEXP (op, 0),
|
| 998 |
|
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
| 999 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1000 |
|
|
|
| 1001 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1002 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1003 |
|
|
}
|
| 1004 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1005 |
|
|
|
| 1006 |
|
|
case PARITY:
|
| 1007 |
|
|
switch (GET_CODE (op))
|
| 1008 |
|
|
{
|
| 1009 |
|
|
case NOT:
|
| 1010 |
|
|
case BSWAP:
|
| 1011 |
|
|
case ZERO_EXTEND:
|
| 1012 |
|
|
case SIGN_EXTEND:
|
| 1013 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (PARITY, mode, XEXP (op, 0),
|
| 1014 |
|
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
| 1015 |
|
|
|
| 1016 |
|
|
case ROTATE:
|
| 1017 |
|
|
case ROTATERT:
|
| 1018 |
|
|
/* Rotations don't affect parity. */
|
| 1019 |
|
|
if (!side_effects_p (XEXP (op, 1)))
|
| 1020 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (PARITY, mode, XEXP (op, 0),
|
| 1021 |
|
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
| 1022 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1023 |
|
|
|
| 1024 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1025 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1026 |
|
|
}
|
| 1027 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1028 |
|
|
|
| 1029 |
|
|
case BSWAP:
|
| 1030 |
|
|
/* (bswap (bswap x)) -> x. */
|
| 1031 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == BSWAP)
|
| 1032 |
|
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
| 1033 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1034 |
|
|
|
| 1035 |
|
|
case FLOAT:
|
| 1036 |
|
|
/* (float (sign_extend <X>)) = (float <X>). */
|
| 1037 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SIGN_EXTEND)
|
| 1038 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (FLOAT, mode, XEXP (op, 0),
|
| 1039 |
|
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
| 1040 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1041 |
|
|
|
| 1042 |
|
|
case SIGN_EXTEND:
|
| 1043 |
|
|
/* (sign_extend (truncate (minus (label_ref L1) (label_ref L2))))
|
| 1044 |
|
|
becomes just the MINUS if its mode is MODE. This allows
|
| 1045 |
|
|
folding switch statements on machines using casesi (such as
|
| 1046 |
|
|
the VAX). */
|
| 1047 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == TRUNCATE
|
| 1048 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == mode
|
| 1049 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == MINUS
|
| 1050 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == LABEL_REF
|
| 1051 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 1)) == LABEL_REF)
|
| 1052 |
|
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
| 1053 |
|
|
|
| 1054 |
|
|
/* Extending a widening multiplication should be canonicalized to
|
| 1055 |
|
|
a wider widening multiplication. */
|
| 1056 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == MULT)
|
| 1057 |
|
|
{
|
| 1058 |
|
|
rtx lhs = XEXP (op, 0);
|
| 1059 |
|
|
rtx rhs = XEXP (op, 1);
|
| 1060 |
|
|
enum rtx_code lcode = GET_CODE (lhs);
|
| 1061 |
|
|
enum rtx_code rcode = GET_CODE (rhs);
|
| 1062 |
|
|
|
| 1063 |
|
|
/* Widening multiplies usually extend both operands, but sometimes
|
| 1064 |
|
|
they use a shift to extract a portion of a register. */
|
| 1065 |
|
|
if ((lcode == SIGN_EXTEND
|
| 1066 |
|
|
|| (lcode == ASHIFTRT && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (lhs, 1))))
|
| 1067 |
|
|
&& (rcode == SIGN_EXTEND
|
| 1068 |
|
|
|| (rcode == ASHIFTRT && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rhs, 1)))))
|
| 1069 |
|
|
{
|
| 1070 |
|
|
enum machine_mode lmode = GET_MODE (lhs);
|
| 1071 |
|
|
enum machine_mode rmode = GET_MODE (rhs);
|
| 1072 |
|
|
int bits;
|
| 1073 |
|
|
|
| 1074 |
|
|
if (lcode == ASHIFTRT)
|
| 1075 |
|
|
/* Number of bits not shifted off the end. */
|
| 1076 |
|
|
bits = GET_MODE_PRECISION (lmode) - INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1));
|
| 1077 |
|
|
else /* lcode == SIGN_EXTEND */
|
| 1078 |
|
|
/* Size of inner mode. */
|
| 1079 |
|
|
bits = GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (XEXP (lhs, 0)));
|
| 1080 |
|
|
|
| 1081 |
|
|
if (rcode == ASHIFTRT)
|
| 1082 |
|
|
bits += GET_MODE_PRECISION (rmode) - INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1));
|
| 1083 |
|
|
else /* rcode == SIGN_EXTEND */
|
| 1084 |
|
|
bits += GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (XEXP (rhs, 0)));
|
| 1085 |
|
|
|
| 1086 |
|
|
/* We can only widen multiplies if the result is mathematiclly
|
| 1087 |
|
|
equivalent. I.e. if overflow was impossible. */
|
| 1088 |
|
|
if (bits <= GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (op)))
|
| 1089 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary
|
| 1090 |
|
|
(MULT, mode,
|
| 1091 |
|
|
simplify_gen_unary (SIGN_EXTEND, mode, lhs, lmode),
|
| 1092 |
|
|
simplify_gen_unary (SIGN_EXTEND, mode, rhs, rmode));
|
| 1093 |
|
|
}
|
| 1094 |
|
|
}
|
| 1095 |
|
|
|
| 1096 |
|
|
/* Check for a sign extension of a subreg of a promoted
|
| 1097 |
|
|
variable, where the promotion is sign-extended, and the
|
| 1098 |
|
|
target mode is the same as the variable's promotion. */
|
| 1099 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
| 1100 |
|
|
&& SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op)
|
| 1101 |
|
|
&& ! SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (op)
|
| 1102 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0))))
|
| 1103 |
|
|
return rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (mode, op);
|
| 1104 |
|
|
|
| 1105 |
|
|
/* (sign_extend:M (sign_extend:N <X>)) is (sign_extend:M <X>).
|
| 1106 |
|
|
(sign_extend:M (zero_extend:N <X>)) is (zero_extend:M <X>). */
|
| 1107 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SIGN_EXTEND || GET_CODE (op) == ZERO_EXTEND)
|
| 1108 |
|
|
{
|
| 1109 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)
|
| 1110 |
|
|
> GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op)));
|
| 1111 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (GET_CODE (op), mode, XEXP (op, 0),
|
| 1112 |
|
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
| 1113 |
|
|
}
|
| 1114 |
|
|
|
| 1115 |
|
|
/* (sign_extend:M (ashiftrt:N (ashift <X> (const_int I)) (const_int I)))
|
| 1116 |
|
|
is (sign_extend:M (subreg:O <X>)) if there is mode with
|
| 1117 |
|
|
GET_MODE_BITSIZE (N) - I bits.
|
| 1118 |
|
|
(sign_extend:M (lshiftrt:N (ashift <X> (const_int I)) (const_int I)))
|
| 1119 |
|
|
is similarly (zero_extend:M (subreg:O <X>)). */
|
| 1120 |
|
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFTRT || GET_CODE (op) == LSHIFTRT)
|
| 1121 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == ASHIFT
|
| 1122 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op, 1))
|
| 1123 |
|
|
&& XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 1) == XEXP (op, 1)
|
| 1124 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op)) > INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)))
|
| 1125 |
|
|
{
|
| 1126 |
|
|
enum machine_mode tmode
|
| 1127 |
|
|
= mode_for_size (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op))
|
| 1128 |
|
|
- INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)), MODE_INT, 1);
|
| 1129 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)
|
| 1130 |
|
|
> GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op)));
|
| 1131 |
|
|
if (tmode != BLKmode)
|
| 1132 |
|
|
{
|
| 1133 |
|
|
rtx inner =
|
| 1134 |
|
|
rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (tmode, XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0));
|
| 1135 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFTRT
|
| 1136 |
|
|
? SIGN_EXTEND : ZERO_EXTEND,
|
| 1137 |
|
|
mode, inner, tmode);
|
| 1138 |
|
|
}
|
| 1139 |
|
|
}
|
| 1140 |
|
|
|
| 1141 |
|
|
#if defined(POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED) && !defined(HAVE_ptr_extend)
|
| 1142 |
|
|
/* As we do not know which address space the pointer is refering to,
|
| 1143 |
|
|
we can do this only if the target does not support different pointer
|
| 1144 |
|
|
or address modes depending on the address space. */
|
| 1145 |
|
|
if (target_default_pointer_address_modes_p ()
|
| 1146 |
|
|
&& ! POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
|
| 1147 |
|
|
&& mode == Pmode && GET_MODE (op) == ptr_mode
|
| 1148 |
|
|
&& (CONSTANT_P (op)
|
| 1149 |
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
| 1150 |
|
|
&& REG_P (SUBREG_REG (op))
|
| 1151 |
|
|
&& REG_POINTER (SUBREG_REG (op))
|
| 1152 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) == Pmode)))
|
| 1153 |
|
|
return convert_memory_address (Pmode, op);
|
| 1154 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1155 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1156 |
|
|
|
| 1157 |
|
|
case ZERO_EXTEND:
|
| 1158 |
|
|
/* Check for a zero extension of a subreg of a promoted
|
| 1159 |
|
|
variable, where the promotion is zero-extended, and the
|
| 1160 |
|
|
target mode is the same as the variable's promotion. */
|
| 1161 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
| 1162 |
|
|
&& SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op)
|
| 1163 |
|
|
&& SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (op) > 0
|
| 1164 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0))))
|
| 1165 |
|
|
return rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (mode, op);
|
| 1166 |
|
|
|
| 1167 |
|
|
/* Extending a widening multiplication should be canonicalized to
|
| 1168 |
|
|
a wider widening multiplication. */
|
| 1169 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == MULT)
|
| 1170 |
|
|
{
|
| 1171 |
|
|
rtx lhs = XEXP (op, 0);
|
| 1172 |
|
|
rtx rhs = XEXP (op, 1);
|
| 1173 |
|
|
enum rtx_code lcode = GET_CODE (lhs);
|
| 1174 |
|
|
enum rtx_code rcode = GET_CODE (rhs);
|
| 1175 |
|
|
|
| 1176 |
|
|
/* Widening multiplies usually extend both operands, but sometimes
|
| 1177 |
|
|
they use a shift to extract a portion of a register. */
|
| 1178 |
|
|
if ((lcode == ZERO_EXTEND
|
| 1179 |
|
|
|| (lcode == LSHIFTRT && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (lhs, 1))))
|
| 1180 |
|
|
&& (rcode == ZERO_EXTEND
|
| 1181 |
|
|
|| (rcode == LSHIFTRT && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rhs, 1)))))
|
| 1182 |
|
|
{
|
| 1183 |
|
|
enum machine_mode lmode = GET_MODE (lhs);
|
| 1184 |
|
|
enum machine_mode rmode = GET_MODE (rhs);
|
| 1185 |
|
|
int bits;
|
| 1186 |
|
|
|
| 1187 |
|
|
if (lcode == LSHIFTRT)
|
| 1188 |
|
|
/* Number of bits not shifted off the end. */
|
| 1189 |
|
|
bits = GET_MODE_PRECISION (lmode) - INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1));
|
| 1190 |
|
|
else /* lcode == ZERO_EXTEND */
|
| 1191 |
|
|
/* Size of inner mode. */
|
| 1192 |
|
|
bits = GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (XEXP (lhs, 0)));
|
| 1193 |
|
|
|
| 1194 |
|
|
if (rcode == LSHIFTRT)
|
| 1195 |
|
|
bits += GET_MODE_PRECISION (rmode) - INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1));
|
| 1196 |
|
|
else /* rcode == ZERO_EXTEND */
|
| 1197 |
|
|
bits += GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (XEXP (rhs, 0)));
|
| 1198 |
|
|
|
| 1199 |
|
|
/* We can only widen multiplies if the result is mathematiclly
|
| 1200 |
|
|
equivalent. I.e. if overflow was impossible. */
|
| 1201 |
|
|
if (bits <= GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (op)))
|
| 1202 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary
|
| 1203 |
|
|
(MULT, mode,
|
| 1204 |
|
|
simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, lhs, lmode),
|
| 1205 |
|
|
simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, rhs, rmode));
|
| 1206 |
|
|
}
|
| 1207 |
|
|
}
|
| 1208 |
|
|
|
| 1209 |
|
|
/* (zero_extend:M (zero_extend:N <X>)) is (zero_extend:M <X>). */
|
| 1210 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == ZERO_EXTEND)
|
| 1211 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, XEXP (op, 0),
|
| 1212 |
|
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
| 1213 |
|
|
|
| 1214 |
|
|
/* (zero_extend:M (lshiftrt:N (ashift <X> (const_int I)) (const_int I)))
|
| 1215 |
|
|
is (zero_extend:M (subreg:O <X>)) if there is mode with
|
| 1216 |
|
|
GET_MODE_BITSIZE (N) - I bits. */
|
| 1217 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == LSHIFTRT
|
| 1218 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == ASHIFT
|
| 1219 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op, 1))
|
| 1220 |
|
|
&& XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 1) == XEXP (op, 1)
|
| 1221 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op)) > INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)))
|
| 1222 |
|
|
{
|
| 1223 |
|
|
enum machine_mode tmode
|
| 1224 |
|
|
= mode_for_size (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op))
|
| 1225 |
|
|
- INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)), MODE_INT, 1);
|
| 1226 |
|
|
if (tmode != BLKmode)
|
| 1227 |
|
|
{
|
| 1228 |
|
|
rtx inner =
|
| 1229 |
|
|
rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (tmode, XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0));
|
| 1230 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, inner, tmode);
|
| 1231 |
|
|
}
|
| 1232 |
|
|
}
|
| 1233 |
|
|
|
| 1234 |
|
|
#if defined(POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED) && !defined(HAVE_ptr_extend)
|
| 1235 |
|
|
/* As we do not know which address space the pointer is refering to,
|
| 1236 |
|
|
we can do this only if the target does not support different pointer
|
| 1237 |
|
|
or address modes depending on the address space. */
|
| 1238 |
|
|
if (target_default_pointer_address_modes_p ()
|
| 1239 |
|
|
&& POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED > 0
|
| 1240 |
|
|
&& mode == Pmode && GET_MODE (op) == ptr_mode
|
| 1241 |
|
|
&& (CONSTANT_P (op)
|
| 1242 |
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
| 1243 |
|
|
&& REG_P (SUBREG_REG (op))
|
| 1244 |
|
|
&& REG_POINTER (SUBREG_REG (op))
|
| 1245 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) == Pmode)))
|
| 1246 |
|
|
return convert_memory_address (Pmode, op);
|
| 1247 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 1248 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1249 |
|
|
|
| 1250 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1251 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1252 |
|
|
}
|
| 1253 |
|
|
|
| 1254 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 1255 |
|
|
}
|
| 1256 |
|
|
|
| 1257 |
|
|
/* Try to compute the value of a unary operation CODE whose output mode is to
|
| 1258 |
|
|
be MODE with input operand OP whose mode was originally OP_MODE.
|
| 1259 |
|
|
Return zero if the value cannot be computed. */
|
| 1260 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 1261 |
|
|
simplify_const_unary_operation (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
| 1262 |
|
|
rtx op, enum machine_mode op_mode)
|
| 1263 |
|
|
{
|
| 1264 |
|
|
unsigned int width = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode);
|
| 1265 |
|
|
unsigned int op_width = GET_MODE_PRECISION (op_mode);
|
| 1266 |
|
|
|
| 1267 |
|
|
if (code == VEC_DUPLICATE)
|
| 1268 |
|
|
{
|
| 1269 |
|
|
gcc_assert (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode));
|
| 1270 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (op) != VOIDmode)
|
| 1271 |
|
|
{
|
| 1272 |
|
|
if (!VECTOR_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op)))
|
| 1273 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_INNER (mode) == GET_MODE (op));
|
| 1274 |
|
|
else
|
| 1275 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_INNER (mode) == GET_MODE_INNER
|
| 1276 |
|
|
(GET_MODE (op)));
|
| 1277 |
|
|
}
|
| 1278 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (op) || GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
| 1279 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
| 1280 |
|
|
{
|
| 1281 |
|
|
int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
|
| 1282 |
|
|
unsigned n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / elt_size);
|
| 1283 |
|
|
rtvec v = rtvec_alloc (n_elts);
|
| 1284 |
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
| 1285 |
|
|
|
| 1286 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_VECTOR)
|
| 1287 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
|
| 1288 |
|
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = op;
|
| 1289 |
|
|
else
|
| 1290 |
|
|
{
|
| 1291 |
|
|
enum machine_mode inmode = GET_MODE (op);
|
| 1292 |
|
|
int in_elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (inmode));
|
| 1293 |
|
|
unsigned in_n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) / in_elt_size);
|
| 1294 |
|
|
|
| 1295 |
|
|
gcc_assert (in_n_elts < n_elts);
|
| 1296 |
|
|
gcc_assert ((n_elts % in_n_elts) == 0);
|
| 1297 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
|
| 1298 |
|
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op, i % in_n_elts);
|
| 1299 |
|
|
}
|
| 1300 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
| 1301 |
|
|
}
|
| 1302 |
|
|
}
|
| 1303 |
|
|
|
| 1304 |
|
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode) && GET_CODE (op) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
| 1305 |
|
|
{
|
| 1306 |
|
|
int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
|
| 1307 |
|
|
unsigned n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / elt_size);
|
| 1308 |
|
|
enum machine_mode opmode = GET_MODE (op);
|
| 1309 |
|
|
int op_elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (opmode));
|
| 1310 |
|
|
unsigned op_n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (opmode) / op_elt_size);
|
| 1311 |
|
|
rtvec v = rtvec_alloc (n_elts);
|
| 1312 |
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
| 1313 |
|
|
|
| 1314 |
|
|
gcc_assert (op_n_elts == n_elts);
|
| 1315 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
|
| 1316 |
|
|
{
|
| 1317 |
|
|
rtx x = simplify_unary_operation (code, GET_MODE_INNER (mode),
|
| 1318 |
|
|
CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op, i),
|
| 1319 |
|
|
GET_MODE_INNER (opmode));
|
| 1320 |
|
|
if (!x)
|
| 1321 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 1322 |
|
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = x;
|
| 1323 |
|
|
}
|
| 1324 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
| 1325 |
|
|
}
|
| 1326 |
|
|
|
| 1327 |
|
|
/* The order of these tests is critical so that, for example, we don't
|
| 1328 |
|
|
check the wrong mode (input vs. output) for a conversion operation,
|
| 1329 |
|
|
such as FIX. At some point, this should be simplified. */
|
| 1330 |
|
|
|
| 1331 |
|
|
if (code == FLOAT && GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode
|
| 1332 |
|
|
&& (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE || CONST_INT_P (op)))
|
| 1333 |
|
|
{
|
| 1334 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT hv, lv;
|
| 1335 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE d;
|
| 1336 |
|
|
|
| 1337 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (op))
|
| 1338 |
|
|
lv = INTVAL (op), hv = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (lv);
|
| 1339 |
|
|
else
|
| 1340 |
|
|
lv = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op), hv = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op);
|
| 1341 |
|
|
|
| 1342 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_INT (d, lv, hv, mode);
|
| 1343 |
|
|
d = real_value_truncate (mode, d);
|
| 1344 |
|
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (d, mode);
|
| 1345 |
|
|
}
|
| 1346 |
|
|
else if (code == UNSIGNED_FLOAT && GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode
|
| 1347 |
|
|
&& (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
| 1348 |
|
|
|| CONST_INT_P (op)))
|
| 1349 |
|
|
{
|
| 1350 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT hv, lv;
|
| 1351 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE d;
|
| 1352 |
|
|
|
| 1353 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (op))
|
| 1354 |
|
|
lv = INTVAL (op), hv = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (lv);
|
| 1355 |
|
|
else
|
| 1356 |
|
|
lv = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op), hv = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op);
|
| 1357 |
|
|
|
| 1358 |
|
|
if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
|
| 1359 |
|
|
{
|
| 1360 |
|
|
/* We don't know how to interpret negative-looking numbers in
|
| 1361 |
|
|
this case, so don't try to fold those. */
|
| 1362 |
|
|
if (hv < 0)
|
| 1363 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 1364 |
|
|
}
|
| 1365 |
|
|
else if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (op_mode) >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT * 2)
|
| 1366 |
|
|
;
|
| 1367 |
|
|
else
|
| 1368 |
|
|
hv = 0, lv &= GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
|
| 1369 |
|
|
|
| 1370 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_UNSIGNED_INT (d, lv, hv, mode);
|
| 1371 |
|
|
d = real_value_truncate (mode, d);
|
| 1372 |
|
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (d, mode);
|
| 1373 |
|
|
}
|
| 1374 |
|
|
|
| 1375 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (op)
|
| 1376 |
|
|
&& width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT && width > 0)
|
| 1377 |
|
|
{
|
| 1378 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT arg0 = INTVAL (op);
|
| 1379 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT val;
|
| 1380 |
|
|
|
| 1381 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 1382 |
|
|
{
|
| 1383 |
|
|
case NOT:
|
| 1384 |
|
|
val = ~ arg0;
|
| 1385 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1386 |
|
|
|
| 1387 |
|
|
case NEG:
|
| 1388 |
|
|
val = - arg0;
|
| 1389 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1390 |
|
|
|
| 1391 |
|
|
case ABS:
|
| 1392 |
|
|
val = (arg0 >= 0 ? arg0 : - arg0);
|
| 1393 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1394 |
|
|
|
| 1395 |
|
|
case FFS:
|
| 1396 |
|
|
arg0 &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
| 1397 |
|
|
val = ffs_hwi (arg0);
|
| 1398 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1399 |
|
|
|
| 1400 |
|
|
case CLZ:
|
| 1401 |
|
|
arg0 &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
| 1402 |
|
|
if (arg0 == 0 && CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, val))
|
| 1403 |
|
|
;
|
| 1404 |
|
|
else
|
| 1405 |
|
|
val = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) - floor_log2 (arg0) - 1;
|
| 1406 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1407 |
|
|
|
| 1408 |
|
|
case CLRSB:
|
| 1409 |
|
|
arg0 &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
| 1410 |
|
|
if (arg0 == 0)
|
| 1411 |
|
|
val = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) - 1;
|
| 1412 |
|
|
else if (arg0 >= 0)
|
| 1413 |
|
|
val = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) - floor_log2 (arg0) - 2;
|
| 1414 |
|
|
else if (arg0 < 0)
|
| 1415 |
|
|
val = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) - floor_log2 (~arg0) - 2;
|
| 1416 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1417 |
|
|
|
| 1418 |
|
|
case CTZ:
|
| 1419 |
|
|
arg0 &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
| 1420 |
|
|
if (arg0 == 0)
|
| 1421 |
|
|
{
|
| 1422 |
|
|
/* Even if the value at zero is undefined, we have to come
|
| 1423 |
|
|
up with some replacement. Seems good enough. */
|
| 1424 |
|
|
if (! CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, val))
|
| 1425 |
|
|
val = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode);
|
| 1426 |
|
|
}
|
| 1427 |
|
|
else
|
| 1428 |
|
|
val = ctz_hwi (arg0);
|
| 1429 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1430 |
|
|
|
| 1431 |
|
|
case POPCOUNT:
|
| 1432 |
|
|
arg0 &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
| 1433 |
|
|
val = 0;
|
| 1434 |
|
|
while (arg0)
|
| 1435 |
|
|
val++, arg0 &= arg0 - 1;
|
| 1436 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1437 |
|
|
|
| 1438 |
|
|
case PARITY:
|
| 1439 |
|
|
arg0 &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
| 1440 |
|
|
val = 0;
|
| 1441 |
|
|
while (arg0)
|
| 1442 |
|
|
val++, arg0 &= arg0 - 1;
|
| 1443 |
|
|
val &= 1;
|
| 1444 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1445 |
|
|
|
| 1446 |
|
|
case BSWAP:
|
| 1447 |
|
|
{
|
| 1448 |
|
|
unsigned int s;
|
| 1449 |
|
|
|
| 1450 |
|
|
val = 0;
|
| 1451 |
|
|
for (s = 0; s < width; s += 8)
|
| 1452 |
|
|
{
|
| 1453 |
|
|
unsigned int d = width - s - 8;
|
| 1454 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT byte;
|
| 1455 |
|
|
byte = (arg0 >> s) & 0xff;
|
| 1456 |
|
|
val |= byte << d;
|
| 1457 |
|
|
}
|
| 1458 |
|
|
}
|
| 1459 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1460 |
|
|
|
| 1461 |
|
|
case TRUNCATE:
|
| 1462 |
|
|
val = arg0;
|
| 1463 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1464 |
|
|
|
| 1465 |
|
|
case ZERO_EXTEND:
|
| 1466 |
|
|
/* When zero-extending a CONST_INT, we need to know its
|
| 1467 |
|
|
original mode. */
|
| 1468 |
|
|
gcc_assert (op_mode != VOIDmode);
|
| 1469 |
|
|
if (op_width == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 1470 |
|
|
{
|
| 1471 |
|
|
/* If we were really extending the mode,
|
| 1472 |
|
|
we would have to distinguish between zero-extension
|
| 1473 |
|
|
and sign-extension. */
|
| 1474 |
|
|
gcc_assert (width == op_width);
|
| 1475 |
|
|
val = arg0;
|
| 1476 |
|
|
}
|
| 1477 |
|
|
else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 1478 |
|
|
val = arg0 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
|
| 1479 |
|
|
else
|
| 1480 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 1481 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1482 |
|
|
|
| 1483 |
|
|
case SIGN_EXTEND:
|
| 1484 |
|
|
if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
|
| 1485 |
|
|
op_mode = mode;
|
| 1486 |
|
|
op_width = GET_MODE_PRECISION (op_mode);
|
| 1487 |
|
|
if (op_width == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 1488 |
|
|
{
|
| 1489 |
|
|
/* If we were really extending the mode,
|
| 1490 |
|
|
we would have to distinguish between zero-extension
|
| 1491 |
|
|
and sign-extension. */
|
| 1492 |
|
|
gcc_assert (width == op_width);
|
| 1493 |
|
|
val = arg0;
|
| 1494 |
|
|
}
|
| 1495 |
|
|
else if (op_width < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 1496 |
|
|
{
|
| 1497 |
|
|
val = arg0 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
|
| 1498 |
|
|
if (val_signbit_known_set_p (op_mode, val))
|
| 1499 |
|
|
val |= ~GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
|
| 1500 |
|
|
}
|
| 1501 |
|
|
else
|
| 1502 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 1503 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1504 |
|
|
|
| 1505 |
|
|
case SQRT:
|
| 1506 |
|
|
case FLOAT_EXTEND:
|
| 1507 |
|
|
case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
|
| 1508 |
|
|
case SS_TRUNCATE:
|
| 1509 |
|
|
case US_TRUNCATE:
|
| 1510 |
|
|
case SS_NEG:
|
| 1511 |
|
|
case US_NEG:
|
| 1512 |
|
|
case SS_ABS:
|
| 1513 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 1514 |
|
|
|
| 1515 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1516 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 1517 |
|
|
}
|
| 1518 |
|
|
|
| 1519 |
|
|
return gen_int_mode (val, mode);
|
| 1520 |
|
|
}
|
| 1521 |
|
|
|
| 1522 |
|
|
/* We can do some operations on integer CONST_DOUBLEs. Also allow
|
| 1523 |
|
|
for a DImode operation on a CONST_INT. */
|
| 1524 |
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode
|
| 1525 |
|
|
&& width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT * 2
|
| 1526 |
|
|
&& (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
| 1527 |
|
|
|| CONST_INT_P (op)))
|
| 1528 |
|
|
{
|
| 1529 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT l1, lv;
|
| 1530 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT h1, hv;
|
| 1531 |
|
|
|
| 1532 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
| 1533 |
|
|
l1 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op), h1 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op);
|
| 1534 |
|
|
else
|
| 1535 |
|
|
l1 = INTVAL (op), h1 = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (l1);
|
| 1536 |
|
|
|
| 1537 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 1538 |
|
|
{
|
| 1539 |
|
|
case NOT:
|
| 1540 |
|
|
lv = ~ l1;
|
| 1541 |
|
|
hv = ~ h1;
|
| 1542 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1543 |
|
|
|
| 1544 |
|
|
case NEG:
|
| 1545 |
|
|
neg_double (l1, h1, &lv, &hv);
|
| 1546 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1547 |
|
|
|
| 1548 |
|
|
case ABS:
|
| 1549 |
|
|
if (h1 < 0)
|
| 1550 |
|
|
neg_double (l1, h1, &lv, &hv);
|
| 1551 |
|
|
else
|
| 1552 |
|
|
lv = l1, hv = h1;
|
| 1553 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1554 |
|
|
|
| 1555 |
|
|
case FFS:
|
| 1556 |
|
|
hv = 0;
|
| 1557 |
|
|
if (l1 != 0)
|
| 1558 |
|
|
lv = ffs_hwi (l1);
|
| 1559 |
|
|
else if (h1 != 0)
|
| 1560 |
|
|
lv = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT + ffs_hwi (h1);
|
| 1561 |
|
|
else
|
| 1562 |
|
|
lv = 0;
|
| 1563 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1564 |
|
|
|
| 1565 |
|
|
case CLZ:
|
| 1566 |
|
|
hv = 0;
|
| 1567 |
|
|
if (h1 != 0)
|
| 1568 |
|
|
lv = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) - floor_log2 (h1) - 1
|
| 1569 |
|
|
- HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
|
| 1570 |
|
|
else if (l1 != 0)
|
| 1571 |
|
|
lv = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) - floor_log2 (l1) - 1;
|
| 1572 |
|
|
else if (! CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, lv))
|
| 1573 |
|
|
lv = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode);
|
| 1574 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1575 |
|
|
|
| 1576 |
|
|
case CTZ:
|
| 1577 |
|
|
hv = 0;
|
| 1578 |
|
|
if (l1 != 0)
|
| 1579 |
|
|
lv = ctz_hwi (l1);
|
| 1580 |
|
|
else if (h1 != 0)
|
| 1581 |
|
|
lv = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT + ctz_hwi (h1);
|
| 1582 |
|
|
else if (! CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, lv))
|
| 1583 |
|
|
lv = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode);
|
| 1584 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1585 |
|
|
|
| 1586 |
|
|
case POPCOUNT:
|
| 1587 |
|
|
hv = 0;
|
| 1588 |
|
|
lv = 0;
|
| 1589 |
|
|
while (l1)
|
| 1590 |
|
|
lv++, l1 &= l1 - 1;
|
| 1591 |
|
|
while (h1)
|
| 1592 |
|
|
lv++, h1 &= h1 - 1;
|
| 1593 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1594 |
|
|
|
| 1595 |
|
|
case PARITY:
|
| 1596 |
|
|
hv = 0;
|
| 1597 |
|
|
lv = 0;
|
| 1598 |
|
|
while (l1)
|
| 1599 |
|
|
lv++, l1 &= l1 - 1;
|
| 1600 |
|
|
while (h1)
|
| 1601 |
|
|
lv++, h1 &= h1 - 1;
|
| 1602 |
|
|
lv &= 1;
|
| 1603 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1604 |
|
|
|
| 1605 |
|
|
case BSWAP:
|
| 1606 |
|
|
{
|
| 1607 |
|
|
unsigned int s;
|
| 1608 |
|
|
|
| 1609 |
|
|
hv = 0;
|
| 1610 |
|
|
lv = 0;
|
| 1611 |
|
|
for (s = 0; s < width; s += 8)
|
| 1612 |
|
|
{
|
| 1613 |
|
|
unsigned int d = width - s - 8;
|
| 1614 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT byte;
|
| 1615 |
|
|
|
| 1616 |
|
|
if (s < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 1617 |
|
|
byte = (l1 >> s) & 0xff;
|
| 1618 |
|
|
else
|
| 1619 |
|
|
byte = (h1 >> (s - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)) & 0xff;
|
| 1620 |
|
|
|
| 1621 |
|
|
if (d < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 1622 |
|
|
lv |= byte << d;
|
| 1623 |
|
|
else
|
| 1624 |
|
|
hv |= byte << (d - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
|
| 1625 |
|
|
}
|
| 1626 |
|
|
}
|
| 1627 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1628 |
|
|
|
| 1629 |
|
|
case TRUNCATE:
|
| 1630 |
|
|
/* This is just a change-of-mode, so do nothing. */
|
| 1631 |
|
|
lv = l1, hv = h1;
|
| 1632 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1633 |
|
|
|
| 1634 |
|
|
case ZERO_EXTEND:
|
| 1635 |
|
|
gcc_assert (op_mode != VOIDmode);
|
| 1636 |
|
|
|
| 1637 |
|
|
if (op_width > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 1638 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 1639 |
|
|
|
| 1640 |
|
|
hv = 0;
|
| 1641 |
|
|
lv = l1 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
|
| 1642 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1643 |
|
|
|
| 1644 |
|
|
case SIGN_EXTEND:
|
| 1645 |
|
|
if (op_mode == VOIDmode
|
| 1646 |
|
|
|| op_width > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 1647 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 1648 |
|
|
else
|
| 1649 |
|
|
{
|
| 1650 |
|
|
lv = l1 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
|
| 1651 |
|
|
if (val_signbit_known_set_p (op_mode, lv))
|
| 1652 |
|
|
lv |= ~GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
|
| 1653 |
|
|
|
| 1654 |
|
|
hv = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (lv);
|
| 1655 |
|
|
}
|
| 1656 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1657 |
|
|
|
| 1658 |
|
|
case SQRT:
|
| 1659 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 1660 |
|
|
|
| 1661 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1662 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 1663 |
|
|
}
|
| 1664 |
|
|
|
| 1665 |
|
|
return immed_double_const (lv, hv, mode);
|
| 1666 |
|
|
}
|
| 1667 |
|
|
|
| 1668 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
| 1669 |
|
|
&& SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 1670 |
|
|
&& SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op)))
|
| 1671 |
|
|
{
|
| 1672 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE d, t;
|
| 1673 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d, op);
|
| 1674 |
|
|
|
| 1675 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 1676 |
|
|
{
|
| 1677 |
|
|
case SQRT:
|
| 1678 |
|
|
if (HONOR_SNANS (mode) && real_isnan (&d))
|
| 1679 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 1680 |
|
|
real_sqrt (&t, mode, &d);
|
| 1681 |
|
|
d = t;
|
| 1682 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1683 |
|
|
case ABS:
|
| 1684 |
|
|
d = real_value_abs (&d);
|
| 1685 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1686 |
|
|
case NEG:
|
| 1687 |
|
|
d = real_value_negate (&d);
|
| 1688 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1689 |
|
|
case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
|
| 1690 |
|
|
d = real_value_truncate (mode, d);
|
| 1691 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1692 |
|
|
case FLOAT_EXTEND:
|
| 1693 |
|
|
/* All this does is change the mode, unless changing
|
| 1694 |
|
|
mode class. */
|
| 1695 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op)))
|
| 1696 |
|
|
real_convert (&d, mode, &d);
|
| 1697 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1698 |
|
|
case FIX:
|
| 1699 |
|
|
real_arithmetic (&d, FIX_TRUNC_EXPR, &d, NULL);
|
| 1700 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1701 |
|
|
case NOT:
|
| 1702 |
|
|
{
|
| 1703 |
|
|
long tmp[4];
|
| 1704 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 1705 |
|
|
|
| 1706 |
|
|
real_to_target (tmp, &d, GET_MODE (op));
|
| 1707 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
|
| 1708 |
|
|
tmp[i] = ~tmp[i];
|
| 1709 |
|
|
real_from_target (&d, tmp, mode);
|
| 1710 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1711 |
|
|
}
|
| 1712 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1713 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 1714 |
|
|
}
|
| 1715 |
|
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (d, mode);
|
| 1716 |
|
|
}
|
| 1717 |
|
|
|
| 1718 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
| 1719 |
|
|
&& SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op))
|
| 1720 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
|
| 1721 |
|
|
&& width <= 2*HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT && width > 0)
|
| 1722 |
|
|
{
|
| 1723 |
|
|
/* Although the overflow semantics of RTL's FIX and UNSIGNED_FIX
|
| 1724 |
|
|
operators are intentionally left unspecified (to ease implementation
|
| 1725 |
|
|
by target backends), for consistency, this routine implements the
|
| 1726 |
|
|
same semantics for constant folding as used by the middle-end. */
|
| 1727 |
|
|
|
| 1728 |
|
|
/* This was formerly used only for non-IEEE float.
|
| 1729 |
|
|
eggert@twinsun.com says it is safe for IEEE also. */
|
| 1730 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT xh, xl, th, tl;
|
| 1731 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE x, t;
|
| 1732 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (x, op);
|
| 1733 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 1734 |
|
|
{
|
| 1735 |
|
|
case FIX:
|
| 1736 |
|
|
if (REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (x))
|
| 1737 |
|
|
return const0_rtx;
|
| 1738 |
|
|
|
| 1739 |
|
|
/* Test against the signed upper bound. */
|
| 1740 |
|
|
if (width > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 1741 |
|
|
{
|
| 1742 |
|
|
th = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
|
| 1743 |
|
|
<< (width - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1)) - 1;
|
| 1744 |
|
|
tl = -1;
|
| 1745 |
|
|
}
|
| 1746 |
|
|
else
|
| 1747 |
|
|
{
|
| 1748 |
|
|
th = 0;
|
| 1749 |
|
|
tl = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1)) - 1;
|
| 1750 |
|
|
}
|
| 1751 |
|
|
real_from_integer (&t, VOIDmode, tl, th, 0);
|
| 1752 |
|
|
if (REAL_VALUES_LESS (t, x))
|
| 1753 |
|
|
{
|
| 1754 |
|
|
xh = th;
|
| 1755 |
|
|
xl = tl;
|
| 1756 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1757 |
|
|
}
|
| 1758 |
|
|
|
| 1759 |
|
|
/* Test against the signed lower bound. */
|
| 1760 |
|
|
if (width > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 1761 |
|
|
{
|
| 1762 |
|
|
th = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1)
|
| 1763 |
|
|
<< (width - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1);
|
| 1764 |
|
|
tl = 0;
|
| 1765 |
|
|
}
|
| 1766 |
|
|
else
|
| 1767 |
|
|
{
|
| 1768 |
|
|
th = -1;
|
| 1769 |
|
|
tl = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << (width - 1);
|
| 1770 |
|
|
}
|
| 1771 |
|
|
real_from_integer (&t, VOIDmode, tl, th, 0);
|
| 1772 |
|
|
if (REAL_VALUES_LESS (x, t))
|
| 1773 |
|
|
{
|
| 1774 |
|
|
xh = th;
|
| 1775 |
|
|
xl = tl;
|
| 1776 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1777 |
|
|
}
|
| 1778 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TO_INT (&xl, &xh, x);
|
| 1779 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1780 |
|
|
|
| 1781 |
|
|
case UNSIGNED_FIX:
|
| 1782 |
|
|
if (REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (x) || REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (x))
|
| 1783 |
|
|
return const0_rtx;
|
| 1784 |
|
|
|
| 1785 |
|
|
/* Test against the unsigned upper bound. */
|
| 1786 |
|
|
if (width == 2*HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 1787 |
|
|
{
|
| 1788 |
|
|
th = -1;
|
| 1789 |
|
|
tl = -1;
|
| 1790 |
|
|
}
|
| 1791 |
|
|
else if (width >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 1792 |
|
|
{
|
| 1793 |
|
|
th = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
|
| 1794 |
|
|
<< (width - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)) - 1;
|
| 1795 |
|
|
tl = -1;
|
| 1796 |
|
|
}
|
| 1797 |
|
|
else
|
| 1798 |
|
|
{
|
| 1799 |
|
|
th = 0;
|
| 1800 |
|
|
tl = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1;
|
| 1801 |
|
|
}
|
| 1802 |
|
|
real_from_integer (&t, VOIDmode, tl, th, 1);
|
| 1803 |
|
|
if (REAL_VALUES_LESS (t, x))
|
| 1804 |
|
|
{
|
| 1805 |
|
|
xh = th;
|
| 1806 |
|
|
xl = tl;
|
| 1807 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1808 |
|
|
}
|
| 1809 |
|
|
|
| 1810 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TO_INT (&xl, &xh, x);
|
| 1811 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1812 |
|
|
|
| 1813 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1814 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 1815 |
|
|
}
|
| 1816 |
|
|
return immed_double_const (xl, xh, mode);
|
| 1817 |
|
|
}
|
| 1818 |
|
|
|
| 1819 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 1820 |
|
|
}
|
| 1821 |
|
|
|
| 1822 |
|
|
/* Subroutine of simplify_binary_operation to simplify a commutative,
|
| 1823 |
|
|
associative binary operation CODE with result mode MODE, operating
|
| 1824 |
|
|
on OP0 and OP1. CODE is currently one of PLUS, MULT, AND, IOR, XOR,
|
| 1825 |
|
|
SMIN, SMAX, UMIN or UMAX. Return zero if no simplification or
|
| 1826 |
|
|
canonicalization is possible. */
|
| 1827 |
|
|
|
| 1828 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 1829 |
|
|
simplify_associative_operation (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
| 1830 |
|
|
rtx op0, rtx op1)
|
| 1831 |
|
|
{
|
| 1832 |
|
|
rtx tem;
|
| 1833 |
|
|
|
| 1834 |
|
|
/* Linearize the operator to the left. */
|
| 1835 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == code)
|
| 1836 |
|
|
{
|
| 1837 |
|
|
/* "(a op b) op (c op d)" becomes "((a op b) op c) op d)". */
|
| 1838 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == code)
|
| 1839 |
|
|
{
|
| 1840 |
|
|
tem = simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, op0, XEXP (op1, 0));
|
| 1841 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, tem, XEXP (op1, 1));
|
| 1842 |
|
|
}
|
| 1843 |
|
|
|
| 1844 |
|
|
/* "a op (b op c)" becomes "(b op c) op a". */
|
| 1845 |
|
|
if (! swap_commutative_operands_p (op1, op0))
|
| 1846 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, op1, op0);
|
| 1847 |
|
|
|
| 1848 |
|
|
tem = op0;
|
| 1849 |
|
|
op0 = op1;
|
| 1850 |
|
|
op1 = tem;
|
| 1851 |
|
|
}
|
| 1852 |
|
|
|
| 1853 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == code)
|
| 1854 |
|
|
{
|
| 1855 |
|
|
/* Canonicalize "(x op c) op y" as "(x op y) op c". */
|
| 1856 |
|
|
if (swap_commutative_operands_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1))
|
| 1857 |
|
|
{
|
| 1858 |
|
|
tem = simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), op1);
|
| 1859 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, tem, XEXP (op0, 1));
|
| 1860 |
|
|
}
|
| 1861 |
|
|
|
| 1862 |
|
|
/* Attempt to simplify "(a op b) op c" as "a op (b op c)". */
|
| 1863 |
|
|
tem = simplify_binary_operation (code, mode, XEXP (op0, 1), op1);
|
| 1864 |
|
|
if (tem != 0)
|
| 1865 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), tem);
|
| 1866 |
|
|
|
| 1867 |
|
|
/* Attempt to simplify "(a op b) op c" as "(a op c) op b". */
|
| 1868 |
|
|
tem = simplify_binary_operation (code, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), op1);
|
| 1869 |
|
|
if (tem != 0)
|
| 1870 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, tem, XEXP (op0, 1));
|
| 1871 |
|
|
}
|
| 1872 |
|
|
|
| 1873 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 1874 |
|
|
}
|
| 1875 |
|
|
|
| 1876 |
|
|
|
| 1877 |
|
|
/* Simplify a binary operation CODE with result mode MODE, operating on OP0
|
| 1878 |
|
|
and OP1. Return 0 if no simplification is possible.
|
| 1879 |
|
|
|
| 1880 |
|
|
Don't use this for relational operations such as EQ or LT.
|
| 1881 |
|
|
Use simplify_relational_operation instead. */
|
| 1882 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 1883 |
|
|
simplify_binary_operation (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
| 1884 |
|
|
rtx op0, rtx op1)
|
| 1885 |
|
|
{
|
| 1886 |
|
|
rtx trueop0, trueop1;
|
| 1887 |
|
|
rtx tem;
|
| 1888 |
|
|
|
| 1889 |
|
|
/* Relational operations don't work here. We must know the mode
|
| 1890 |
|
|
of the operands in order to do the comparison correctly.
|
| 1891 |
|
|
Assuming a full word can give incorrect results.
|
| 1892 |
|
|
Consider comparing 128 with -128 in QImode. */
|
| 1893 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != RTX_COMPARE);
|
| 1894 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != RTX_COMM_COMPARE);
|
| 1895 |
|
|
|
| 1896 |
|
|
/* Make sure the constant is second. */
|
| 1897 |
|
|
if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == RTX_COMM_ARITH
|
| 1898 |
|
|
&& swap_commutative_operands_p (op0, op1))
|
| 1899 |
|
|
{
|
| 1900 |
|
|
tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem;
|
| 1901 |
|
|
}
|
| 1902 |
|
|
|
| 1903 |
|
|
trueop0 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op0);
|
| 1904 |
|
|
trueop1 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op1);
|
| 1905 |
|
|
|
| 1906 |
|
|
tem = simplify_const_binary_operation (code, mode, trueop0, trueop1);
|
| 1907 |
|
|
if (tem)
|
| 1908 |
|
|
return tem;
|
| 1909 |
|
|
return simplify_binary_operation_1 (code, mode, op0, op1, trueop0, trueop1);
|
| 1910 |
|
|
}
|
| 1911 |
|
|
|
| 1912 |
|
|
/* Subroutine of simplify_binary_operation. Simplify a binary operation
|
| 1913 |
|
|
CODE with result mode MODE, operating on OP0 and OP1. If OP0 and/or
|
| 1914 |
|
|
OP1 are constant pool references, TRUEOP0 and TRUEOP1 represent the
|
| 1915 |
|
|
actual constants. */
|
| 1916 |
|
|
|
| 1917 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 1918 |
|
|
simplify_binary_operation_1 (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
| 1919 |
|
|
rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx trueop0, rtx trueop1)
|
| 1920 |
|
|
{
|
| 1921 |
|
|
rtx tem, reversed, opleft, opright;
|
| 1922 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT val;
|
| 1923 |
|
|
unsigned int width = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode);
|
| 1924 |
|
|
|
| 1925 |
|
|
/* Even if we can't compute a constant result,
|
| 1926 |
|
|
there are some cases worth simplifying. */
|
| 1927 |
|
|
|
| 1928 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 1929 |
|
|
{
|
| 1930 |
|
|
case PLUS:
|
| 1931 |
|
|
/* Maybe simplify x + 0 to x. The two expressions are equivalent
|
| 1932 |
|
|
when x is NaN, infinite, or finite and nonzero. They aren't
|
| 1933 |
|
|
when x is -0 and the rounding mode is not towards -infinity,
|
| 1934 |
|
|
since (-0) + 0 is then 0. */
|
| 1935 |
|
|
if (!HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode) && trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
| 1936 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 1937 |
|
|
|
| 1938 |
|
|
/* ((-a) + b) -> (b - a) and similarly for (a + (-b)). These
|
| 1939 |
|
|
transformations are safe even for IEEE. */
|
| 1940 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == NEG)
|
| 1941 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, op1, XEXP (op0, 0));
|
| 1942 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (op1) == NEG)
|
| 1943 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, op0, XEXP (op1, 0));
|
| 1944 |
|
|
|
| 1945 |
|
|
/* (~a) + 1 -> -a */
|
| 1946 |
|
|
if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 1947 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == NOT
|
| 1948 |
|
|
&& trueop1 == const1_rtx)
|
| 1949 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), mode);
|
| 1950 |
|
|
|
| 1951 |
|
|
/* Handle both-operands-constant cases. We can only add
|
| 1952 |
|
|
CONST_INTs to constants since the sum of relocatable symbols
|
| 1953 |
|
|
can't be handled by most assemblers. Don't add CONST_INT
|
| 1954 |
|
|
to CONST_INT since overflow won't be computed properly if wider
|
| 1955 |
|
|
than HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
|
| 1956 |
|
|
|
| 1957 |
|
|
if ((GET_CODE (op0) == CONST
|
| 1958 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op0) == SYMBOL_REF
|
| 1959 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op0) == LABEL_REF)
|
| 1960 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (op1))
|
| 1961 |
|
|
return plus_constant (op0, INTVAL (op1));
|
| 1962 |
|
|
else if ((GET_CODE (op1) == CONST
|
| 1963 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == SYMBOL_REF
|
| 1964 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == LABEL_REF)
|
| 1965 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (op0))
|
| 1966 |
|
|
return plus_constant (op1, INTVAL (op0));
|
| 1967 |
|
|
|
| 1968 |
|
|
/* See if this is something like X * C - X or vice versa or
|
| 1969 |
|
|
if the multiplication is written as a shift. If so, we can
|
| 1970 |
|
|
distribute and make a new multiply, shift, or maybe just
|
| 1971 |
|
|
have X (if C is 2 in the example above). But don't make
|
| 1972 |
|
|
something more expensive than we had before. */
|
| 1973 |
|
|
|
| 1974 |
|
|
if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode))
|
| 1975 |
|
|
{
|
| 1976 |
|
|
double_int coeff0, coeff1;
|
| 1977 |
|
|
rtx lhs = op0, rhs = op1;
|
| 1978 |
|
|
|
| 1979 |
|
|
coeff0 = double_int_one;
|
| 1980 |
|
|
coeff1 = double_int_one;
|
| 1981 |
|
|
|
| 1982 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (lhs) == NEG)
|
| 1983 |
|
|
{
|
| 1984 |
|
|
coeff0 = double_int_minus_one;
|
| 1985 |
|
|
lhs = XEXP (lhs, 0);
|
| 1986 |
|
|
}
|
| 1987 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (lhs) == MULT
|
| 1988 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (lhs, 1)))
|
| 1989 |
|
|
{
|
| 1990 |
|
|
coeff0 = shwi_to_double_int (INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1)));
|
| 1991 |
|
|
lhs = XEXP (lhs, 0);
|
| 1992 |
|
|
}
|
| 1993 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (lhs) == ASHIFT
|
| 1994 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (lhs, 1))
|
| 1995 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1)) >= 0
|
| 1996 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1)) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 1997 |
|
|
{
|
| 1998 |
|
|
coeff0 = double_int_setbit (double_int_zero,
|
| 1999 |
|
|
INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1)));
|
| 2000 |
|
|
lhs = XEXP (lhs, 0);
|
| 2001 |
|
|
}
|
| 2002 |
|
|
|
| 2003 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (rhs) == NEG)
|
| 2004 |
|
|
{
|
| 2005 |
|
|
coeff1 = double_int_minus_one;
|
| 2006 |
|
|
rhs = XEXP (rhs, 0);
|
| 2007 |
|
|
}
|
| 2008 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (rhs) == MULT
|
| 2009 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rhs, 1)))
|
| 2010 |
|
|
{
|
| 2011 |
|
|
coeff1 = shwi_to_double_int (INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)));
|
| 2012 |
|
|
rhs = XEXP (rhs, 0);
|
| 2013 |
|
|
}
|
| 2014 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (rhs) == ASHIFT
|
| 2015 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rhs, 1))
|
| 2016 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)) >= 0
|
| 2017 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 2018 |
|
|
{
|
| 2019 |
|
|
coeff1 = double_int_setbit (double_int_zero,
|
| 2020 |
|
|
INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)));
|
| 2021 |
|
|
rhs = XEXP (rhs, 0);
|
| 2022 |
|
|
}
|
| 2023 |
|
|
|
| 2024 |
|
|
if (rtx_equal_p (lhs, rhs))
|
| 2025 |
|
|
{
|
| 2026 |
|
|
rtx orig = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, op0, op1);
|
| 2027 |
|
|
rtx coeff;
|
| 2028 |
|
|
double_int val;
|
| 2029 |
|
|
bool speed = optimize_function_for_speed_p (cfun);
|
| 2030 |
|
|
|
| 2031 |
|
|
val = double_int_add (coeff0, coeff1);
|
| 2032 |
|
|
coeff = immed_double_int_const (val, mode);
|
| 2033 |
|
|
|
| 2034 |
|
|
tem = simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, lhs, coeff);
|
| 2035 |
|
|
return set_src_cost (tem, speed) <= set_src_cost (orig, speed)
|
| 2036 |
|
|
? tem : 0;
|
| 2037 |
|
|
}
|
| 2038 |
|
|
}
|
| 2039 |
|
|
|
| 2040 |
|
|
/* (plus (xor X C1) C2) is (xor X (C1^C2)) if C2 is signbit. */
|
| 2041 |
|
|
if ((CONST_INT_P (op1)
|
| 2042 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
| 2043 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == XOR
|
| 2044 |
|
|
&& (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op0, 1))
|
| 2045 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
| 2046 |
|
|
&& mode_signbit_p (mode, op1))
|
| 2047 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
|
| 2048 |
|
|
simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, op1,
|
| 2049 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 1)));
|
| 2050 |
|
|
|
| 2051 |
|
|
/* Canonicalize (plus (mult (neg B) C) A) to (minus A (mult B C)). */
|
| 2052 |
|
|
if (!HONOR_SIGN_DEPENDENT_ROUNDING (mode)
|
| 2053 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == MULT
|
| 2054 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == NEG)
|
| 2055 |
|
|
{
|
| 2056 |
|
|
rtx in1, in2;
|
| 2057 |
|
|
|
| 2058 |
|
|
in1 = XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0);
|
| 2059 |
|
|
in2 = XEXP (op0, 1);
|
| 2060 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, op1,
|
| 2061 |
|
|
simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode,
|
| 2062 |
|
|
in1, in2));
|
| 2063 |
|
|
}
|
| 2064 |
|
|
|
| 2065 |
|
|
/* (plus (comparison A B) C) can become (neg (rev-comp A B)) if
|
| 2066 |
|
|
C is 1 and STORE_FLAG_VALUE is -1 or if C is -1 and STORE_FLAG_VALUE
|
| 2067 |
|
|
is 1. */
|
| 2068 |
|
|
if (COMPARISON_P (op0)
|
| 2069 |
|
|
&& ((STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1 && trueop1 == const1_rtx)
|
| 2070 |
|
|
|| (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1 && trueop1 == constm1_rtx))
|
| 2071 |
|
|
&& (reversed = reversed_comparison (op0, mode)))
|
| 2072 |
|
|
return
|
| 2073 |
|
|
simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, reversed, mode);
|
| 2074 |
|
|
|
| 2075 |
|
|
/* If one of the operands is a PLUS or a MINUS, see if we can
|
| 2076 |
|
|
simplify this by the associative law.
|
| 2077 |
|
|
Don't use the associative law for floating point.
|
| 2078 |
|
|
The inaccuracy makes it nonassociative,
|
| 2079 |
|
|
and subtle programs can break if operations are associated. */
|
| 2080 |
|
|
|
| 2081 |
|
|
if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 2082 |
|
|
&& (plus_minus_operand_p (op0)
|
| 2083 |
|
|
|| plus_minus_operand_p (op1))
|
| 2084 |
|
|
&& (tem = simplify_plus_minus (code, mode, op0, op1)) != 0)
|
| 2085 |
|
|
return tem;
|
| 2086 |
|
|
|
| 2087 |
|
|
/* Reassociate floating point addition only when the user
|
| 2088 |
|
|
specifies associative math operations. */
|
| 2089 |
|
|
if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 2090 |
|
|
&& flag_associative_math)
|
| 2091 |
|
|
{
|
| 2092 |
|
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 2093 |
|
|
if (tem)
|
| 2094 |
|
|
return tem;
|
| 2095 |
|
|
}
|
| 2096 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2097 |
|
|
|
| 2098 |
|
|
case COMPARE:
|
| 2099 |
|
|
/* Convert (compare (gt (flags) 0) (lt (flags) 0)) to (flags). */
|
| 2100 |
|
|
if (((GET_CODE (op0) == GT && GET_CODE (op1) == LT)
|
| 2101 |
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (op0) == GTU && GET_CODE (op1) == LTU))
|
| 2102 |
|
|
&& XEXP (op0, 1) == const0_rtx && XEXP (op1, 1) == const0_rtx)
|
| 2103 |
|
|
{
|
| 2104 |
|
|
rtx xop00 = XEXP (op0, 0);
|
| 2105 |
|
|
rtx xop10 = XEXP (op1, 0);
|
| 2106 |
|
|
|
| 2107 |
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_cc0
|
| 2108 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (xop00) == CC0 && GET_CODE (xop10) == CC0)
|
| 2109 |
|
|
#else
|
| 2110 |
|
|
if (REG_P (xop00) && REG_P (xop10)
|
| 2111 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (xop00) == GET_MODE (xop10)
|
| 2112 |
|
|
&& REGNO (xop00) == REGNO (xop10)
|
| 2113 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (xop00)) == MODE_CC
|
| 2114 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (xop10)) == MODE_CC)
|
| 2115 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 2116 |
|
|
return xop00;
|
| 2117 |
|
|
}
|
| 2118 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2119 |
|
|
|
| 2120 |
|
|
case MINUS:
|
| 2121 |
|
|
/* We can't assume x-x is 0 even with non-IEEE floating point,
|
| 2122 |
|
|
but since it is zero except in very strange circumstances, we
|
| 2123 |
|
|
will treat it as zero with -ffinite-math-only. */
|
| 2124 |
|
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1)
|
| 2125 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0)
|
| 2126 |
|
|
&& (!FLOAT_MODE_P (mode) || !HONOR_NANS (mode)))
|
| 2127 |
|
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
| 2128 |
|
|
|
| 2129 |
|
|
/* Change subtraction from zero into negation. (0 - x) is the
|
| 2130 |
|
|
same as -x when x is NaN, infinite, or finite and nonzero.
|
| 2131 |
|
|
But if the mode has signed zeros, and does not round towards
|
| 2132 |
|
|
-infinity, then 0 - 0 is 0, not -0. */
|
| 2133 |
|
|
if (!HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode) && trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
| 2134 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, op1, mode);
|
| 2135 |
|
|
|
| 2136 |
|
|
/* (-1 - a) is ~a. */
|
| 2137 |
|
|
if (trueop0 == constm1_rtx)
|
| 2138 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, op1, mode);
|
| 2139 |
|
|
|
| 2140 |
|
|
/* Subtracting 0 has no effect unless the mode has signed zeros
|
| 2141 |
|
|
and supports rounding towards -infinity. In such a case,
|
| 2142 |
|
|
|
| 2143 |
|
|
if (!(HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
|
| 2144 |
|
|
&& HONOR_SIGN_DEPENDENT_ROUNDING (mode))
|
| 2145 |
|
|
&& trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
| 2146 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 2147 |
|
|
|
| 2148 |
|
|
/* See if this is something like X * C - X or vice versa or
|
| 2149 |
|
|
if the multiplication is written as a shift. If so, we can
|
| 2150 |
|
|
distribute and make a new multiply, shift, or maybe just
|
| 2151 |
|
|
have X (if C is 2 in the example above). But don't make
|
| 2152 |
|
|
something more expensive than we had before. */
|
| 2153 |
|
|
|
| 2154 |
|
|
if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode))
|
| 2155 |
|
|
{
|
| 2156 |
|
|
double_int coeff0, negcoeff1;
|
| 2157 |
|
|
rtx lhs = op0, rhs = op1;
|
| 2158 |
|
|
|
| 2159 |
|
|
coeff0 = double_int_one;
|
| 2160 |
|
|
negcoeff1 = double_int_minus_one;
|
| 2161 |
|
|
|
| 2162 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (lhs) == NEG)
|
| 2163 |
|
|
{
|
| 2164 |
|
|
coeff0 = double_int_minus_one;
|
| 2165 |
|
|
lhs = XEXP (lhs, 0);
|
| 2166 |
|
|
}
|
| 2167 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (lhs) == MULT
|
| 2168 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (lhs, 1)))
|
| 2169 |
|
|
{
|
| 2170 |
|
|
coeff0 = shwi_to_double_int (INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1)));
|
| 2171 |
|
|
lhs = XEXP (lhs, 0);
|
| 2172 |
|
|
}
|
| 2173 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (lhs) == ASHIFT
|
| 2174 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (lhs, 1))
|
| 2175 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1)) >= 0
|
| 2176 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1)) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 2177 |
|
|
{
|
| 2178 |
|
|
coeff0 = double_int_setbit (double_int_zero,
|
| 2179 |
|
|
INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1)));
|
| 2180 |
|
|
lhs = XEXP (lhs, 0);
|
| 2181 |
|
|
}
|
| 2182 |
|
|
|
| 2183 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (rhs) == NEG)
|
| 2184 |
|
|
{
|
| 2185 |
|
|
negcoeff1 = double_int_one;
|
| 2186 |
|
|
rhs = XEXP (rhs, 0);
|
| 2187 |
|
|
}
|
| 2188 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (rhs) == MULT
|
| 2189 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rhs, 1)))
|
| 2190 |
|
|
{
|
| 2191 |
|
|
negcoeff1 = shwi_to_double_int (-INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)));
|
| 2192 |
|
|
rhs = XEXP (rhs, 0);
|
| 2193 |
|
|
}
|
| 2194 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (rhs) == ASHIFT
|
| 2195 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rhs, 1))
|
| 2196 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)) >= 0
|
| 2197 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 2198 |
|
|
{
|
| 2199 |
|
|
negcoeff1 = double_int_setbit (double_int_zero,
|
| 2200 |
|
|
INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)));
|
| 2201 |
|
|
negcoeff1 = double_int_neg (negcoeff1);
|
| 2202 |
|
|
rhs = XEXP (rhs, 0);
|
| 2203 |
|
|
}
|
| 2204 |
|
|
|
| 2205 |
|
|
if (rtx_equal_p (lhs, rhs))
|
| 2206 |
|
|
{
|
| 2207 |
|
|
rtx orig = gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, op0, op1);
|
| 2208 |
|
|
rtx coeff;
|
| 2209 |
|
|
double_int val;
|
| 2210 |
|
|
bool speed = optimize_function_for_speed_p (cfun);
|
| 2211 |
|
|
|
| 2212 |
|
|
val = double_int_add (coeff0, negcoeff1);
|
| 2213 |
|
|
coeff = immed_double_int_const (val, mode);
|
| 2214 |
|
|
|
| 2215 |
|
|
tem = simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, lhs, coeff);
|
| 2216 |
|
|
return set_src_cost (tem, speed) <= set_src_cost (orig, speed)
|
| 2217 |
|
|
? tem : 0;
|
| 2218 |
|
|
}
|
| 2219 |
|
|
}
|
| 2220 |
|
|
|
| 2221 |
|
|
/* (a - (-b)) -> (a + b). True even for IEEE. */
|
| 2222 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == NEG)
|
| 2223 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, op0, XEXP (op1, 0));
|
| 2224 |
|
|
|
| 2225 |
|
|
/* (-x - c) may be simplified as (-c - x). */
|
| 2226 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == NEG
|
| 2227 |
|
|
&& (CONST_INT_P (op1)
|
| 2228 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE))
|
| 2229 |
|
|
{
|
| 2230 |
|
|
tem = simplify_unary_operation (NEG, mode, op1, mode);
|
| 2231 |
|
|
if (tem)
|
| 2232 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, tem, XEXP (op0, 0));
|
| 2233 |
|
|
}
|
| 2234 |
|
|
|
| 2235 |
|
|
/* Don't let a relocatable value get a negative coeff. */
|
| 2236 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (op1) && GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode)
|
| 2237 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode,
|
| 2238 |
|
|
op0,
|
| 2239 |
|
|
neg_const_int (mode, op1));
|
| 2240 |
|
|
|
| 2241 |
|
|
/* (x - (x & y)) -> (x & ~y) */
|
| 2242 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == AND)
|
| 2243 |
|
|
{
|
| 2244 |
|
|
if (rtx_equal_p (op0, XEXP (op1, 0)))
|
| 2245 |
|
|
{
|
| 2246 |
|
|
tem = simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, XEXP (op1, 1),
|
| 2247 |
|
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op1, 1)));
|
| 2248 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op0, tem);
|
| 2249 |
|
|
}
|
| 2250 |
|
|
if (rtx_equal_p (op0, XEXP (op1, 1)))
|
| 2251 |
|
|
{
|
| 2252 |
|
|
tem = simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, XEXP (op1, 0),
|
| 2253 |
|
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op1, 0)));
|
| 2254 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op0, tem);
|
| 2255 |
|
|
}
|
| 2256 |
|
|
}
|
| 2257 |
|
|
|
| 2258 |
|
|
/* If STORE_FLAG_VALUE is 1, (minus 1 (comparison foo bar)) can be done
|
| 2259 |
|
|
by reversing the comparison code if valid. */
|
| 2260 |
|
|
if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1
|
| 2261 |
|
|
&& trueop0 == const1_rtx
|
| 2262 |
|
|
&& COMPARISON_P (op1)
|
| 2263 |
|
|
&& (reversed = reversed_comparison (op1, mode)))
|
| 2264 |
|
|
return reversed;
|
| 2265 |
|
|
|
| 2266 |
|
|
/* Canonicalize (minus A (mult (neg B) C)) to (plus (mult B C) A). */
|
| 2267 |
|
|
if (!HONOR_SIGN_DEPENDENT_ROUNDING (mode)
|
| 2268 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == MULT
|
| 2269 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op1, 0)) == NEG)
|
| 2270 |
|
|
{
|
| 2271 |
|
|
rtx in1, in2;
|
| 2272 |
|
|
|
| 2273 |
|
|
in1 = XEXP (XEXP (op1, 0), 0);
|
| 2274 |
|
|
in2 = XEXP (op1, 1);
|
| 2275 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode,
|
| 2276 |
|
|
simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode,
|
| 2277 |
|
|
in1, in2),
|
| 2278 |
|
|
op0);
|
| 2279 |
|
|
}
|
| 2280 |
|
|
|
| 2281 |
|
|
/* Canonicalize (minus (neg A) (mult B C)) to
|
| 2282 |
|
|
(minus (mult (neg B) C) A). */
|
| 2283 |
|
|
if (!HONOR_SIGN_DEPENDENT_ROUNDING (mode)
|
| 2284 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == MULT
|
| 2285 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == NEG)
|
| 2286 |
|
|
{
|
| 2287 |
|
|
rtx in1, in2;
|
| 2288 |
|
|
|
| 2289 |
|
|
in1 = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, XEXP (op1, 0), mode);
|
| 2290 |
|
|
in2 = XEXP (op1, 1);
|
| 2291 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode,
|
| 2292 |
|
|
simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode,
|
| 2293 |
|
|
in1, in2),
|
| 2294 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 0));
|
| 2295 |
|
|
}
|
| 2296 |
|
|
|
| 2297 |
|
|
/* If one of the operands is a PLUS or a MINUS, see if we can
|
| 2298 |
|
|
simplify this by the associative law. This will, for example,
|
| 2299 |
|
|
canonicalize (minus A (plus B C)) to (minus (minus A B) C).
|
| 2300 |
|
|
Don't use the associative law for floating point.
|
| 2301 |
|
|
The inaccuracy makes it nonassociative,
|
| 2302 |
|
|
and subtle programs can break if operations are associated. */
|
| 2303 |
|
|
|
| 2304 |
|
|
if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 2305 |
|
|
&& (plus_minus_operand_p (op0)
|
| 2306 |
|
|
|| plus_minus_operand_p (op1))
|
| 2307 |
|
|
&& (tem = simplify_plus_minus (code, mode, op0, op1)) != 0)
|
| 2308 |
|
|
return tem;
|
| 2309 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2310 |
|
|
|
| 2311 |
|
|
case MULT:
|
| 2312 |
|
|
if (trueop1 == constm1_rtx)
|
| 2313 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, op0, mode);
|
| 2314 |
|
|
|
| 2315 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == NEG)
|
| 2316 |
|
|
{
|
| 2317 |
|
|
rtx temp = simplify_unary_operation (NEG, mode, op1, mode);
|
| 2318 |
|
|
/* If op1 is a MULT as well and simplify_unary_operation
|
| 2319 |
|
|
just moved the NEG to the second operand, simplify_gen_binary
|
| 2320 |
|
|
below could through simplify_associative_operation move
|
| 2321 |
|
|
the NEG around again and recurse endlessly. */
|
| 2322 |
|
|
if (temp
|
| 2323 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == MULT
|
| 2324 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (temp) == MULT
|
| 2325 |
|
|
&& XEXP (op1, 0) == XEXP (temp, 0)
|
| 2326 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (temp, 1)) == NEG
|
| 2327 |
|
|
&& XEXP (op1, 1) == XEXP (XEXP (temp, 1), 0))
|
| 2328 |
|
|
temp = NULL_RTX;
|
| 2329 |
|
|
if (temp)
|
| 2330 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), temp);
|
| 2331 |
|
|
}
|
| 2332 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == NEG)
|
| 2333 |
|
|
{
|
| 2334 |
|
|
rtx temp = simplify_unary_operation (NEG, mode, op0, mode);
|
| 2335 |
|
|
/* If op0 is a MULT as well and simplify_unary_operation
|
| 2336 |
|
|
just moved the NEG to the second operand, simplify_gen_binary
|
| 2337 |
|
|
below could through simplify_associative_operation move
|
| 2338 |
|
|
the NEG around again and recurse endlessly. */
|
| 2339 |
|
|
if (temp
|
| 2340 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == MULT
|
| 2341 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (temp) == MULT
|
| 2342 |
|
|
&& XEXP (op0, 0) == XEXP (temp, 0)
|
| 2343 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (temp, 1)) == NEG
|
| 2344 |
|
|
&& XEXP (op0, 1) == XEXP (XEXP (temp, 1), 0))
|
| 2345 |
|
|
temp = NULL_RTX;
|
| 2346 |
|
|
if (temp)
|
| 2347 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, temp, XEXP (op1, 0));
|
| 2348 |
|
|
}
|
| 2349 |
|
|
|
| 2350 |
|
|
/* Maybe simplify x * 0 to 0. The reduction is not valid if
|
| 2351 |
|
|
x is NaN, since x * 0 is then also NaN. Nor is it valid
|
| 2352 |
|
|
when the mode has signed zeros, since multiplying a negative
|
| 2353 |
|
|
number by 0 will give -0, not 0. */
|
| 2354 |
|
|
if (!HONOR_NANS (mode)
|
| 2355 |
|
|
&& !HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
|
| 2356 |
|
|
&& trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode)
|
| 2357 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
| 2358 |
|
|
return op1;
|
| 2359 |
|
|
|
| 2360 |
|
|
/* In IEEE floating point, x*1 is not equivalent to x for
|
| 2361 |
|
|
signalling NaNs. */
|
| 2362 |
|
|
if (!HONOR_SNANS (mode)
|
| 2363 |
|
|
&& trueop1 == CONST1_RTX (mode))
|
| 2364 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 2365 |
|
|
|
| 2366 |
|
|
/* Convert multiply by constant power of two into shift unless
|
| 2367 |
|
|
we are still generating RTL. This test is a kludge. */
|
| 2368 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (trueop1)
|
| 2369 |
|
|
&& (val = exact_log2 (UINTVAL (trueop1))) >= 0
|
| 2370 |
|
|
/* If the mode is larger than the host word size, and the
|
| 2371 |
|
|
uppermost bit is set, then this isn't a power of two due
|
| 2372 |
|
|
to implicit sign extension. */
|
| 2373 |
|
|
&& (width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
| 2374 |
|
|
|| val != HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1))
|
| 2375 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFT, mode, op0, GEN_INT (val));
|
| 2376 |
|
|
|
| 2377 |
|
|
/* Likewise for multipliers wider than a word. */
|
| 2378 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
| 2379 |
|
|
&& (GET_MODE (trueop1) == VOIDmode
|
| 2380 |
|
|
|| GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (trueop1)) == MODE_INT)
|
| 2381 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (op0) == mode
|
| 2382 |
|
|
&& CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (trueop1) == 0
|
| 2383 |
|
|
&& (val = exact_log2 (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (trueop1))) >= 0)
|
| 2384 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFT, mode, op0,
|
| 2385 |
|
|
GEN_INT (val + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT));
|
| 2386 |
|
|
|
| 2387 |
|
|
/* x*2 is x+x and x*(-1) is -x */
|
| 2388 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
| 2389 |
|
|
&& SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (trueop1))
|
| 2390 |
|
|
&& !DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (trueop1))
|
| 2391 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (op0) == mode)
|
| 2392 |
|
|
{
|
| 2393 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE d;
|
| 2394 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d, trueop1);
|
| 2395 |
|
|
|
| 2396 |
|
|
if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (d, dconst2))
|
| 2397 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, op0, copy_rtx (op0));
|
| 2398 |
|
|
|
| 2399 |
|
|
if (!HONOR_SNANS (mode)
|
| 2400 |
|
|
&& REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (d, dconstm1))
|
| 2401 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, op0, mode);
|
| 2402 |
|
|
}
|
| 2403 |
|
|
|
| 2404 |
|
|
/* Optimize -x * -x as x * x. */
|
| 2405 |
|
|
if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 2406 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == NEG
|
| 2407 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == NEG
|
| 2408 |
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op1, 0))
|
| 2409 |
|
|
&& !side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 0)))
|
| 2410 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op1, 0));
|
| 2411 |
|
|
|
| 2412 |
|
|
/* Likewise, optimize abs(x) * abs(x) as x * x. */
|
| 2413 |
|
|
if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 2414 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == ABS
|
| 2415 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == ABS
|
| 2416 |
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op1, 0))
|
| 2417 |
|
|
&& !side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 0)))
|
| 2418 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op1, 0));
|
| 2419 |
|
|
|
| 2420 |
|
|
/* Reassociate multiplication, but for floating point MULTs
|
| 2421 |
|
|
only when the user specifies unsafe math optimizations. */
|
| 2422 |
|
|
if (! FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 2423 |
|
|
|| flag_unsafe_math_optimizations)
|
| 2424 |
|
|
{
|
| 2425 |
|
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 2426 |
|
|
if (tem)
|
| 2427 |
|
|
return tem;
|
| 2428 |
|
|
}
|
| 2429 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2430 |
|
|
|
| 2431 |
|
|
case IOR:
|
| 2432 |
|
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
| 2433 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 2434 |
|
|
if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode) && trueop1 == CONSTM1_RTX (mode))
|
| 2435 |
|
|
return op1;
|
| 2436 |
|
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
| 2437 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 2438 |
|
|
/* A | (~A) -> -1 */
|
| 2439 |
|
|
if (((GET_CODE (op0) == NOT && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1))
|
| 2440 |
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (op1) == NOT && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op1, 0), op0)))
|
| 2441 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0)
|
| 2442 |
|
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode))
|
| 2443 |
|
|
return constm1_rtx;
|
| 2444 |
|
|
|
| 2445 |
|
|
/* (ior A C) is C if all bits of A that might be nonzero are on in C. */
|
| 2446 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (op1)
|
| 2447 |
|
|
&& HWI_COMPUTABLE_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 2448 |
|
|
&& (nonzero_bits (op0, mode) & ~UINTVAL (op1)) == 0)
|
| 2449 |
|
|
return op1;
|
| 2450 |
|
|
|
| 2451 |
|
|
/* Canonicalize (X & C1) | C2. */
|
| 2452 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == AND
|
| 2453 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (trueop1)
|
| 2454 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op0, 1)))
|
| 2455 |
|
|
{
|
| 2456 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
| 2457 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT c1 = INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1));
|
| 2458 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT c2 = INTVAL (trueop1);
|
| 2459 |
|
|
|
| 2460 |
|
|
/* If (C1&C2) == C1, then (X&C1)|C2 becomes X. */
|
| 2461 |
|
|
if ((c1 & c2) == c1
|
| 2462 |
|
|
&& !side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 0)))
|
| 2463 |
|
|
return trueop1;
|
| 2464 |
|
|
|
| 2465 |
|
|
/* If (C1|C2) == ~0 then (X&C1)|C2 becomes X|C2. */
|
| 2466 |
|
|
if (((c1|c2) & mask) == mask)
|
| 2467 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (IOR, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), op1);
|
| 2468 |
|
|
|
| 2469 |
|
|
/* Minimize the number of bits set in C1, i.e. C1 := C1 & ~C2. */
|
| 2470 |
|
|
if (((c1 & ~c2) & mask) != (c1 & mask))
|
| 2471 |
|
|
{
|
| 2472 |
|
|
tem = simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
|
| 2473 |
|
|
gen_int_mode (c1 & ~c2, mode));
|
| 2474 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (IOR, mode, tem, op1);
|
| 2475 |
|
|
}
|
| 2476 |
|
|
}
|
| 2477 |
|
|
|
| 2478 |
|
|
/* Convert (A & B) | A to A. */
|
| 2479 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == AND
|
| 2480 |
|
|
&& (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
| 2481 |
|
|
|| rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1))
|
| 2482 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 0))
|
| 2483 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 1)))
|
| 2484 |
|
|
return op1;
|
| 2485 |
|
|
|
| 2486 |
|
|
/* Convert (ior (ashift A CX) (lshiftrt A CY)) where CX+CY equals the
|
| 2487 |
|
|
mode size to (rotate A CX). */
|
| 2488 |
|
|
|
| 2489 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == ASHIFT
|
| 2490 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == SUBREG)
|
| 2491 |
|
|
{
|
| 2492 |
|
|
opleft = op1;
|
| 2493 |
|
|
opright = op0;
|
| 2494 |
|
|
}
|
| 2495 |
|
|
else
|
| 2496 |
|
|
{
|
| 2497 |
|
|
opright = op1;
|
| 2498 |
|
|
opleft = op0;
|
| 2499 |
|
|
}
|
| 2500 |
|
|
|
| 2501 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (opleft) == ASHIFT && GET_CODE (opright) == LSHIFTRT
|
| 2502 |
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (opleft, 0), XEXP (opright, 0))
|
| 2503 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (opleft, 1))
|
| 2504 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (opright, 1))
|
| 2505 |
|
|
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (opleft, 1)) + INTVAL (XEXP (opright, 1))
|
| 2506 |
|
|
== GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode)))
|
| 2507 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_ROTATE (mode, XEXP (opright, 0), XEXP (opleft, 1));
|
| 2508 |
|
|
|
| 2509 |
|
|
/* Same, but for ashift that has been "simplified" to a wider mode
|
| 2510 |
|
|
by simplify_shift_const. */
|
| 2511 |
|
|
|
| 2512 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (opleft) == SUBREG
|
| 2513 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (opleft)) == ASHIFT
|
| 2514 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (opright) == LSHIFTRT
|
| 2515 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (opright, 0)) == SUBREG
|
| 2516 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (opleft) == GET_MODE (XEXP (opright, 0))
|
| 2517 |
|
|
&& SUBREG_BYTE (opleft) == SUBREG_BYTE (XEXP (opright, 0))
|
| 2518 |
|
|
&& (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (opleft))
|
| 2519 |
|
|
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (opleft))))
|
| 2520 |
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (opleft), 0),
|
| 2521 |
|
|
SUBREG_REG (XEXP (opright, 0)))
|
| 2522 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (opleft), 1))
|
| 2523 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (opright, 1))
|
| 2524 |
|
|
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (opleft), 1)) + INTVAL (XEXP (opright, 1))
|
| 2525 |
|
|
== GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode)))
|
| 2526 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_ROTATE (mode, XEXP (opright, 0),
|
| 2527 |
|
|
XEXP (SUBREG_REG (opleft), 1));
|
| 2528 |
|
|
|
| 2529 |
|
|
/* If we have (ior (and (X C1) C2)), simplify this by making
|
| 2530 |
|
|
C1 as small as possible if C1 actually changes. */
|
| 2531 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (op1)
|
| 2532 |
|
|
&& (HWI_COMPUTABLE_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 2533 |
|
|
|| INTVAL (op1) > 0)
|
| 2534 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == AND
|
| 2535 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op0, 1))
|
| 2536 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (op1)
|
| 2537 |
|
|
&& (UINTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1)) & UINTVAL (op1)) != 0)
|
| 2538 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (IOR, mode,
|
| 2539 |
|
|
simplify_gen_binary
|
| 2540 |
|
|
(AND, mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
|
| 2541 |
|
|
GEN_INT (UINTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1))
|
| 2542 |
|
|
& ~UINTVAL (op1))),
|
| 2543 |
|
|
op1);
|
| 2544 |
|
|
|
| 2545 |
|
|
/* If OP0 is (ashiftrt (plus ...) C), it might actually be
|
| 2546 |
|
|
a (sign_extend (plus ...)). Then check if OP1 is a CONST_INT and
|
| 2547 |
|
|
the PLUS does not affect any of the bits in OP1: then we can do
|
| 2548 |
|
|
the IOR as a PLUS and we can associate. This is valid if OP1
|
| 2549 |
|
|
can be safely shifted left C bits. */
|
| 2550 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (trueop1) && GET_CODE (op0) == ASHIFTRT
|
| 2551 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == PLUS
|
| 2552 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 1))
|
| 2553 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op0, 1))
|
| 2554 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1)) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 2555 |
|
|
{
|
| 2556 |
|
|
int count = INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1));
|
| 2557 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT mask = INTVAL (trueop1) << count;
|
| 2558 |
|
|
|
| 2559 |
|
|
if (mask >> count == INTVAL (trueop1)
|
| 2560 |
|
|
&& (mask & nonzero_bits (XEXP (op0, 0), mode)) == 0)
|
| 2561 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFTRT, mode,
|
| 2562 |
|
|
plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), mask),
|
| 2563 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 1));
|
| 2564 |
|
|
}
|
| 2565 |
|
|
|
| 2566 |
|
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 2567 |
|
|
if (tem)
|
| 2568 |
|
|
return tem;
|
| 2569 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2570 |
|
|
|
| 2571 |
|
|
case XOR:
|
| 2572 |
|
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
| 2573 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 2574 |
|
|
if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode) && trueop1 == CONSTM1_RTX (mode))
|
| 2575 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, op0, mode);
|
| 2576 |
|
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1)
|
| 2577 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0)
|
| 2578 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_CC)
|
| 2579 |
|
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
| 2580 |
|
|
|
| 2581 |
|
|
/* Canonicalize XOR of the most significant bit to PLUS. */
|
| 2582 |
|
|
if ((CONST_INT_P (op1)
|
| 2583 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
| 2584 |
|
|
&& mode_signbit_p (mode, op1))
|
| 2585 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 2586 |
|
|
/* (xor (plus X C1) C2) is (xor X (C1^C2)) if C1 is signbit. */
|
| 2587 |
|
|
if ((CONST_INT_P (op1)
|
| 2588 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
| 2589 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS
|
| 2590 |
|
|
&& (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op0, 1))
|
| 2591 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
| 2592 |
|
|
&& mode_signbit_p (mode, XEXP (op0, 1)))
|
| 2593 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
|
| 2594 |
|
|
simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, op1,
|
| 2595 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 1)));
|
| 2596 |
|
|
|
| 2597 |
|
|
/* If we are XORing two things that have no bits in common,
|
| 2598 |
|
|
convert them into an IOR. This helps to detect rotation encoded
|
| 2599 |
|
|
using those methods and possibly other simplifications. */
|
| 2600 |
|
|
|
| 2601 |
|
|
if (HWI_COMPUTABLE_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 2602 |
|
|
&& (nonzero_bits (op0, mode)
|
| 2603 |
|
|
& nonzero_bits (op1, mode)) == 0)
|
| 2604 |
|
|
return (simplify_gen_binary (IOR, mode, op0, op1));
|
| 2605 |
|
|
|
| 2606 |
|
|
/* Convert (XOR (NOT x) (NOT y)) to (XOR x y).
|
| 2607 |
|
|
Also convert (XOR (NOT x) y) to (NOT (XOR x y)), similarly for
|
| 2608 |
|
|
(NOT y). */
|
| 2609 |
|
|
{
|
| 2610 |
|
|
int num_negated = 0;
|
| 2611 |
|
|
|
| 2612 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == NOT)
|
| 2613 |
|
|
num_negated++, op0 = XEXP (op0, 0);
|
| 2614 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == NOT)
|
| 2615 |
|
|
num_negated++, op1 = XEXP (op1, 0);
|
| 2616 |
|
|
|
| 2617 |
|
|
if (num_negated == 2)
|
| 2618 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 2619 |
|
|
else if (num_negated == 1)
|
| 2620 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode,
|
| 2621 |
|
|
simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, op0, op1),
|
| 2622 |
|
|
mode);
|
| 2623 |
|
|
}
|
| 2624 |
|
|
|
| 2625 |
|
|
/* Convert (xor (and A B) B) to (and (not A) B). The latter may
|
| 2626 |
|
|
correspond to a machine insn or result in further simplifications
|
| 2627 |
|
|
if B is a constant. */
|
| 2628 |
|
|
|
| 2629 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == AND
|
| 2630 |
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1)
|
| 2631 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
| 2632 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode,
|
| 2633 |
|
|
simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode,
|
| 2634 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 0), mode),
|
| 2635 |
|
|
op1);
|
| 2636 |
|
|
|
| 2637 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (op0) == AND
|
| 2638 |
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
| 2639 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
| 2640 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode,
|
| 2641 |
|
|
simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode,
|
| 2642 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 1), mode),
|
| 2643 |
|
|
op1);
|
| 2644 |
|
|
|
| 2645 |
|
|
/* Given (xor (and A B) C), using P^Q == (~P&Q) | (~Q&P),
|
| 2646 |
|
|
we can transform like this:
|
| 2647 |
|
|
(A&B)^C == ~(A&B)&C | ~C&(A&B)
|
| 2648 |
|
|
== (~A|~B)&C | ~C&(A&B) * DeMorgan's Law
|
| 2649 |
|
|
== ~A&C | ~B&C | A&(~C&B) * Distribute and re-order
|
| 2650 |
|
|
Attempt a few simplifications when B and C are both constants. */
|
| 2651 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == AND
|
| 2652 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (op1)
|
| 2653 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op0, 1)))
|
| 2654 |
|
|
{
|
| 2655 |
|
|
rtx a = XEXP (op0, 0);
|
| 2656 |
|
|
rtx b = XEXP (op0, 1);
|
| 2657 |
|
|
rtx c = op1;
|
| 2658 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT bval = INTVAL (b);
|
| 2659 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT cval = INTVAL (c);
|
| 2660 |
|
|
|
| 2661 |
|
|
rtx na_c
|
| 2662 |
|
|
= simplify_binary_operation (AND, mode,
|
| 2663 |
|
|
simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, a, mode),
|
| 2664 |
|
|
c);
|
| 2665 |
|
|
if ((~cval & bval) == 0)
|
| 2666 |
|
|
{
|
| 2667 |
|
|
/* Try to simplify ~A&C | ~B&C. */
|
| 2668 |
|
|
if (na_c != NULL_RTX)
|
| 2669 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (IOR, mode, na_c,
|
| 2670 |
|
|
GEN_INT (~bval & cval));
|
| 2671 |
|
|
}
|
| 2672 |
|
|
else
|
| 2673 |
|
|
{
|
| 2674 |
|
|
/* If ~A&C is zero, simplify A&(~C&B) | ~B&C. */
|
| 2675 |
|
|
if (na_c == const0_rtx)
|
| 2676 |
|
|
{
|
| 2677 |
|
|
rtx a_nc_b = simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, a,
|
| 2678 |
|
|
GEN_INT (~cval & bval));
|
| 2679 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (IOR, mode, a_nc_b,
|
| 2680 |
|
|
GEN_INT (~bval & cval));
|
| 2681 |
|
|
}
|
| 2682 |
|
|
}
|
| 2683 |
|
|
}
|
| 2684 |
|
|
|
| 2685 |
|
|
/* (xor (comparison foo bar) (const_int 1)) can become the reversed
|
| 2686 |
|
|
comparison if STORE_FLAG_VALUE is 1. */
|
| 2687 |
|
|
if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1
|
| 2688 |
|
|
&& trueop1 == const1_rtx
|
| 2689 |
|
|
&& COMPARISON_P (op0)
|
| 2690 |
|
|
&& (reversed = reversed_comparison (op0, mode)))
|
| 2691 |
|
|
return reversed;
|
| 2692 |
|
|
|
| 2693 |
|
|
/* (lshiftrt foo C) where C is the number of bits in FOO minus 1
|
| 2694 |
|
|
is (lt foo (const_int 0)), so we can perform the above
|
| 2695 |
|
|
simplification if STORE_FLAG_VALUE is 1. */
|
| 2696 |
|
|
|
| 2697 |
|
|
if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1
|
| 2698 |
|
|
&& trueop1 == const1_rtx
|
| 2699 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == LSHIFTRT
|
| 2700 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op0, 1))
|
| 2701 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1)) == GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) - 1)
|
| 2702 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_GE (mode, XEXP (op0, 0), const0_rtx);
|
| 2703 |
|
|
|
| 2704 |
|
|
/* (xor (comparison foo bar) (const_int sign-bit))
|
| 2705 |
|
|
when STORE_FLAG_VALUE is the sign bit. */
|
| 2706 |
|
|
if (val_signbit_p (mode, STORE_FLAG_VALUE)
|
| 2707 |
|
|
&& trueop1 == const_true_rtx
|
| 2708 |
|
|
&& COMPARISON_P (op0)
|
| 2709 |
|
|
&& (reversed = reversed_comparison (op0, mode)))
|
| 2710 |
|
|
return reversed;
|
| 2711 |
|
|
|
| 2712 |
|
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 2713 |
|
|
if (tem)
|
| 2714 |
|
|
return tem;
|
| 2715 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2716 |
|
|
|
| 2717 |
|
|
case AND:
|
| 2718 |
|
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
| 2719 |
|
|
return trueop1;
|
| 2720 |
|
|
if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode) && trueop1 == CONSTM1_RTX (mode))
|
| 2721 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 2722 |
|
|
if (HWI_COMPUTABLE_MODE_P (mode))
|
| 2723 |
|
|
{
|
| 2724 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT nzop0 = nonzero_bits (trueop0, mode);
|
| 2725 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT nzop1;
|
| 2726 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (trueop1))
|
| 2727 |
|
|
{
|
| 2728 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT val1 = INTVAL (trueop1);
|
| 2729 |
|
|
/* If we are turning off bits already known off in OP0, we need
|
| 2730 |
|
|
not do an AND. */
|
| 2731 |
|
|
if ((nzop0 & ~val1) == 0)
|
| 2732 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 2733 |
|
|
}
|
| 2734 |
|
|
nzop1 = nonzero_bits (trueop1, mode);
|
| 2735 |
|
|
/* If we are clearing all the nonzero bits, the result is zero. */
|
| 2736 |
|
|
if ((nzop1 & nzop0) == 0
|
| 2737 |
|
|
&& !side_effects_p (op0) && !side_effects_p (op1))
|
| 2738 |
|
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
| 2739 |
|
|
}
|
| 2740 |
|
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1) && ! side_effects_p (op0)
|
| 2741 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_CC)
|
| 2742 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 2743 |
|
|
/* A & (~A) -> 0 */
|
| 2744 |
|
|
if (((GET_CODE (op0) == NOT && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1))
|
| 2745 |
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (op1) == NOT && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op1, 0), op0)))
|
| 2746 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0)
|
| 2747 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_CC)
|
| 2748 |
|
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
| 2749 |
|
|
|
| 2750 |
|
|
/* Transform (and (extend X) C) into (zero_extend (and X C)) if
|
| 2751 |
|
|
there are no nonzero bits of C outside of X's mode. */
|
| 2752 |
|
|
if ((GET_CODE (op0) == SIGN_EXTEND
|
| 2753 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op0) == ZERO_EXTEND)
|
| 2754 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (trueop1)
|
| 2755 |
|
|
&& HWI_COMPUTABLE_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 2756 |
|
|
&& (~GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0)))
|
| 2757 |
|
|
& UINTVAL (trueop1)) == 0)
|
| 2758 |
|
|
{
|
| 2759 |
|
|
enum machine_mode imode = GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0));
|
| 2760 |
|
|
tem = simplify_gen_binary (AND, imode, XEXP (op0, 0),
|
| 2761 |
|
|
gen_int_mode (INTVAL (trueop1),
|
| 2762 |
|
|
imode));
|
| 2763 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, tem, imode);
|
| 2764 |
|
|
}
|
| 2765 |
|
|
|
| 2766 |
|
|
/* Transform (and (truncate X) C) into (truncate (and X C)). This way
|
| 2767 |
|
|
we might be able to further simplify the AND with X and potentially
|
| 2768 |
|
|
remove the truncation altogether. */
|
| 2769 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == TRUNCATE && CONST_INT_P (trueop1))
|
| 2770 |
|
|
{
|
| 2771 |
|
|
rtx x = XEXP (op0, 0);
|
| 2772 |
|
|
enum machine_mode xmode = GET_MODE (x);
|
| 2773 |
|
|
tem = simplify_gen_binary (AND, xmode, x,
|
| 2774 |
|
|
gen_int_mode (INTVAL (trueop1), xmode));
|
| 2775 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (TRUNCATE, mode, tem, xmode);
|
| 2776 |
|
|
}
|
| 2777 |
|
|
|
| 2778 |
|
|
/* Canonicalize (A | C1) & C2 as (A & C2) | (C1 & C2). */
|
| 2779 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == IOR
|
| 2780 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (trueop1)
|
| 2781 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op0, 1)))
|
| 2782 |
|
|
{
|
| 2783 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT tmp = INTVAL (trueop1) & INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1));
|
| 2784 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (IOR, mode,
|
| 2785 |
|
|
simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode,
|
| 2786 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 0), op1),
|
| 2787 |
|
|
gen_int_mode (tmp, mode));
|
| 2788 |
|
|
}
|
| 2789 |
|
|
|
| 2790 |
|
|
/* Convert (A ^ B) & A to A & (~B) since the latter is often a single
|
| 2791 |
|
|
insn (and may simplify more). */
|
| 2792 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == XOR
|
| 2793 |
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
| 2794 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
| 2795 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode,
|
| 2796 |
|
|
simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode,
|
| 2797 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 1), mode),
|
| 2798 |
|
|
op1);
|
| 2799 |
|
|
|
| 2800 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == XOR
|
| 2801 |
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1)
|
| 2802 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
| 2803 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode,
|
| 2804 |
|
|
simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode,
|
| 2805 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 0), mode),
|
| 2806 |
|
|
op1);
|
| 2807 |
|
|
|
| 2808 |
|
|
/* Similarly for (~(A ^ B)) & A. */
|
| 2809 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == NOT
|
| 2810 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == XOR
|
| 2811 |
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0), op1)
|
| 2812 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
| 2813 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 1), op1);
|
| 2814 |
|
|
|
| 2815 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == NOT
|
| 2816 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == XOR
|
| 2817 |
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 1), op1)
|
| 2818 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
| 2819 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0), op1);
|
| 2820 |
|
|
|
| 2821 |
|
|
/* Convert (A | B) & A to A. */
|
| 2822 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == IOR
|
| 2823 |
|
|
&& (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
| 2824 |
|
|
|| rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1))
|
| 2825 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 0))
|
| 2826 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 1)))
|
| 2827 |
|
|
return op1;
|
| 2828 |
|
|
|
| 2829 |
|
|
/* For constants M and N, if M == (1LL << cst) - 1 && (N & M) == M,
|
| 2830 |
|
|
((A & N) + B) & M -> (A + B) & M
|
| 2831 |
|
|
Similarly if (N & M) == 0,
|
| 2832 |
|
|
((A | N) + B) & M -> (A + B) & M
|
| 2833 |
|
|
and for - instead of + and/or ^ instead of |.
|
| 2834 |
|
|
Also, if (N & M) == 0, then
|
| 2835 |
|
|
(A +- N) & M -> A & M. */
|
| 2836 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (trueop1)
|
| 2837 |
|
|
&& HWI_COMPUTABLE_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 2838 |
|
|
&& ~UINTVAL (trueop1)
|
| 2839 |
|
|
&& (UINTVAL (trueop1) & (UINTVAL (trueop1) + 1)) == 0
|
| 2840 |
|
|
&& (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS || GET_CODE (op0) == MINUS))
|
| 2841 |
|
|
{
|
| 2842 |
|
|
rtx pmop[2];
|
| 2843 |
|
|
int which;
|
| 2844 |
|
|
|
| 2845 |
|
|
pmop[0] = XEXP (op0, 0);
|
| 2846 |
|
|
pmop[1] = XEXP (op0, 1);
|
| 2847 |
|
|
|
| 2848 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (pmop[1])
|
| 2849 |
|
|
&& (UINTVAL (pmop[1]) & UINTVAL (trueop1)) == 0)
|
| 2850 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, pmop[0], op1);
|
| 2851 |
|
|
|
| 2852 |
|
|
for (which = 0; which < 2; which++)
|
| 2853 |
|
|
{
|
| 2854 |
|
|
tem = pmop[which];
|
| 2855 |
|
|
switch (GET_CODE (tem))
|
| 2856 |
|
|
{
|
| 2857 |
|
|
case AND:
|
| 2858 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (tem, 1))
|
| 2859 |
|
|
&& (UINTVAL (XEXP (tem, 1)) & UINTVAL (trueop1))
|
| 2860 |
|
|
== UINTVAL (trueop1))
|
| 2861 |
|
|
pmop[which] = XEXP (tem, 0);
|
| 2862 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2863 |
|
|
case IOR:
|
| 2864 |
|
|
case XOR:
|
| 2865 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (tem, 1))
|
| 2866 |
|
|
&& (UINTVAL (XEXP (tem, 1)) & UINTVAL (trueop1)) == 0)
|
| 2867 |
|
|
pmop[which] = XEXP (tem, 0);
|
| 2868 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2869 |
|
|
default:
|
| 2870 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2871 |
|
|
}
|
| 2872 |
|
|
}
|
| 2873 |
|
|
|
| 2874 |
|
|
if (pmop[0] != XEXP (op0, 0) || pmop[1] != XEXP (op0, 1))
|
| 2875 |
|
|
{
|
| 2876 |
|
|
tem = simplify_gen_binary (GET_CODE (op0), mode,
|
| 2877 |
|
|
pmop[0], pmop[1]);
|
| 2878 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, tem, op1);
|
| 2879 |
|
|
}
|
| 2880 |
|
|
}
|
| 2881 |
|
|
|
| 2882 |
|
|
/* (and X (ior (not X) Y) -> (and X Y) */
|
| 2883 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == IOR
|
| 2884 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op1, 0)) == NOT
|
| 2885 |
|
|
&& op0 == XEXP (XEXP (op1, 0), 0))
|
| 2886 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op0, XEXP (op1, 1));
|
| 2887 |
|
|
|
| 2888 |
|
|
/* (and (ior (not X) Y) X) -> (and X Y) */
|
| 2889 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == IOR
|
| 2890 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == NOT
|
| 2891 |
|
|
&& op1 == XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0))
|
| 2892 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op1, XEXP (op0, 1));
|
| 2893 |
|
|
|
| 2894 |
|
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 2895 |
|
|
if (tem)
|
| 2896 |
|
|
return tem;
|
| 2897 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2898 |
|
|
|
| 2899 |
|
|
case UDIV:
|
| 2900 |
|
|
/* 0/x is 0 (or x&0 if x has side-effects). */
|
| 2901 |
|
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
| 2902 |
|
|
{
|
| 2903 |
|
|
if (side_effects_p (op1))
|
| 2904 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op1, trueop0);
|
| 2905 |
|
|
return trueop0;
|
| 2906 |
|
|
}
|
| 2907 |
|
|
/* x/1 is x. */
|
| 2908 |
|
|
if (trueop1 == CONST1_RTX (mode))
|
| 2909 |
|
|
return rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (mode, op0);
|
| 2910 |
|
|
/* Convert divide by power of two into shift. */
|
| 2911 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (trueop1)
|
| 2912 |
|
|
&& (val = exact_log2 (UINTVAL (trueop1))) > 0)
|
| 2913 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, mode, op0, GEN_INT (val));
|
| 2914 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2915 |
|
|
|
| 2916 |
|
|
case DIV:
|
| 2917 |
|
|
/* Handle floating point and integers separately. */
|
| 2918 |
|
|
if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
|
| 2919 |
|
|
{
|
| 2920 |
|
|
/* Maybe change 0.0 / x to 0.0. This transformation isn't
|
| 2921 |
|
|
safe for modes with NaNs, since 0.0 / 0.0 will then be
|
| 2922 |
|
|
NaN rather than 0.0. Nor is it safe for modes with signed
|
| 2923 |
|
|
zeros, since dividing 0 by a negative number gives -0.0 */
|
| 2924 |
|
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode)
|
| 2925 |
|
|
&& !HONOR_NANS (mode)
|
| 2926 |
|
|
&& !HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
|
| 2927 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
| 2928 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 2929 |
|
|
/* x/1.0 is x. */
|
| 2930 |
|
|
if (trueop1 == CONST1_RTX (mode)
|
| 2931 |
|
|
&& !HONOR_SNANS (mode))
|
| 2932 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 2933 |
|
|
|
| 2934 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
| 2935 |
|
|
&& trueop1 != CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
| 2936 |
|
|
{
|
| 2937 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE d;
|
| 2938 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d, trueop1);
|
| 2939 |
|
|
|
| 2940 |
|
|
/* x/-1.0 is -x. */
|
| 2941 |
|
|
if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (d, dconstm1)
|
| 2942 |
|
|
&& !HONOR_SNANS (mode))
|
| 2943 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, op0, mode);
|
| 2944 |
|
|
|
| 2945 |
|
|
/* Change FP division by a constant into multiplication.
|
| 2946 |
|
|
Only do this with -freciprocal-math. */
|
| 2947 |
|
|
if (flag_reciprocal_math
|
| 2948 |
|
|
&& !REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (d, dconst0))
|
| 2949 |
|
|
{
|
| 2950 |
|
|
REAL_ARITHMETIC (d, RDIV_EXPR, dconst1, d);
|
| 2951 |
|
|
tem = CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (d, mode);
|
| 2952 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, op0, tem);
|
| 2953 |
|
|
}
|
| 2954 |
|
|
}
|
| 2955 |
|
|
}
|
| 2956 |
|
|
else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode))
|
| 2957 |
|
|
{
|
| 2958 |
|
|
/* 0/x is 0 (or x&0 if x has side-effects). */
|
| 2959 |
|
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode)
|
| 2960 |
|
|
&& !cfun->can_throw_non_call_exceptions)
|
| 2961 |
|
|
{
|
| 2962 |
|
|
if (side_effects_p (op1))
|
| 2963 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op1, trueop0);
|
| 2964 |
|
|
return trueop0;
|
| 2965 |
|
|
}
|
| 2966 |
|
|
/* x/1 is x. */
|
| 2967 |
|
|
if (trueop1 == CONST1_RTX (mode))
|
| 2968 |
|
|
return rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (mode, op0);
|
| 2969 |
|
|
/* x/-1 is -x. */
|
| 2970 |
|
|
if (trueop1 == constm1_rtx)
|
| 2971 |
|
|
{
|
| 2972 |
|
|
rtx x = rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (mode, op0);
|
| 2973 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, x, mode);
|
| 2974 |
|
|
}
|
| 2975 |
|
|
}
|
| 2976 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2977 |
|
|
|
| 2978 |
|
|
case UMOD:
|
| 2979 |
|
|
/* 0%x is 0 (or x&0 if x has side-effects). */
|
| 2980 |
|
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
| 2981 |
|
|
{
|
| 2982 |
|
|
if (side_effects_p (op1))
|
| 2983 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op1, trueop0);
|
| 2984 |
|
|
return trueop0;
|
| 2985 |
|
|
}
|
| 2986 |
|
|
/* x%1 is 0 (of x&0 if x has side-effects). */
|
| 2987 |
|
|
if (trueop1 == CONST1_RTX (mode))
|
| 2988 |
|
|
{
|
| 2989 |
|
|
if (side_effects_p (op0))
|
| 2990 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op0, CONST0_RTX (mode));
|
| 2991 |
|
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
| 2992 |
|
|
}
|
| 2993 |
|
|
/* Implement modulus by power of two as AND. */
|
| 2994 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (trueop1)
|
| 2995 |
|
|
&& exact_log2 (UINTVAL (trueop1)) > 0)
|
| 2996 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op0,
|
| 2997 |
|
|
GEN_INT (INTVAL (op1) - 1));
|
| 2998 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2999 |
|
|
|
| 3000 |
|
|
case MOD:
|
| 3001 |
|
|
/* 0%x is 0 (or x&0 if x has side-effects). */
|
| 3002 |
|
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
| 3003 |
|
|
{
|
| 3004 |
|
|
if (side_effects_p (op1))
|
| 3005 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op1, trueop0);
|
| 3006 |
|
|
return trueop0;
|
| 3007 |
|
|
}
|
| 3008 |
|
|
/* x%1 and x%-1 is 0 (or x&0 if x has side-effects). */
|
| 3009 |
|
|
if (trueop1 == CONST1_RTX (mode) || trueop1 == constm1_rtx)
|
| 3010 |
|
|
{
|
| 3011 |
|
|
if (side_effects_p (op0))
|
| 3012 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op0, CONST0_RTX (mode));
|
| 3013 |
|
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
| 3014 |
|
|
}
|
| 3015 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3016 |
|
|
|
| 3017 |
|
|
case ROTATERT:
|
| 3018 |
|
|
case ROTATE:
|
| 3019 |
|
|
case ASHIFTRT:
|
| 3020 |
|
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
| 3021 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 3022 |
|
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode) && ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
| 3023 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 3024 |
|
|
/* Rotating ~0 always results in ~0. */
|
| 3025 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (trueop0) && width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
| 3026 |
|
|
&& UINTVAL (trueop0) == GET_MODE_MASK (mode)
|
| 3027 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
| 3028 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 3029 |
|
|
canonicalize_shift:
|
| 3030 |
|
|
if (SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED && CONST_INT_P (op1))
|
| 3031 |
|
|
{
|
| 3032 |
|
|
val = INTVAL (op1) & (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1);
|
| 3033 |
|
|
if (val != INTVAL (op1))
|
| 3034 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, op0, GEN_INT (val));
|
| 3035 |
|
|
}
|
| 3036 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3037 |
|
|
|
| 3038 |
|
|
case ASHIFT:
|
| 3039 |
|
|
case SS_ASHIFT:
|
| 3040 |
|
|
case US_ASHIFT:
|
| 3041 |
|
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
| 3042 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 3043 |
|
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode) && ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
| 3044 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 3045 |
|
|
goto canonicalize_shift;
|
| 3046 |
|
|
|
| 3047 |
|
|
case LSHIFTRT:
|
| 3048 |
|
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
| 3049 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 3050 |
|
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode) && ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
| 3051 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 3052 |
|
|
/* Optimize (lshiftrt (clz X) C) as (eq X 0). */
|
| 3053 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == CLZ
|
| 3054 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (trueop1)
|
| 3055 |
|
|
&& STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1
|
| 3056 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (trueop1) < (HOST_WIDE_INT)width)
|
| 3057 |
|
|
{
|
| 3058 |
|
|
enum machine_mode imode = GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0));
|
| 3059 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT zero_val = 0;
|
| 3060 |
|
|
|
| 3061 |
|
|
if (CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (imode, zero_val)
|
| 3062 |
|
|
&& zero_val == GET_MODE_PRECISION (imode)
|
| 3063 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (trueop1) == exact_log2 (zero_val))
|
| 3064 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (EQ, mode, imode,
|
| 3065 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 0), const0_rtx);
|
| 3066 |
|
|
}
|
| 3067 |
|
|
goto canonicalize_shift;
|
| 3068 |
|
|
|
| 3069 |
|
|
case SMIN:
|
| 3070 |
|
|
if (width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
| 3071 |
|
|
&& mode_signbit_p (mode, trueop1)
|
| 3072 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
| 3073 |
|
|
return op1;
|
| 3074 |
|
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
| 3075 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 3076 |
|
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3077 |
|
|
if (tem)
|
| 3078 |
|
|
return tem;
|
| 3079 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3080 |
|
|
|
| 3081 |
|
|
case SMAX:
|
| 3082 |
|
|
if (width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
| 3083 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (trueop1)
|
| 3084 |
|
|
&& (UINTVAL (trueop1) == GET_MODE_MASK (mode) >> 1)
|
| 3085 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
| 3086 |
|
|
return op1;
|
| 3087 |
|
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
| 3088 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 3089 |
|
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3090 |
|
|
if (tem)
|
| 3091 |
|
|
return tem;
|
| 3092 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3093 |
|
|
|
| 3094 |
|
|
case UMIN:
|
| 3095 |
|
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
| 3096 |
|
|
return op1;
|
| 3097 |
|
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
| 3098 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 3099 |
|
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3100 |
|
|
if (tem)
|
| 3101 |
|
|
return tem;
|
| 3102 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3103 |
|
|
|
| 3104 |
|
|
case UMAX:
|
| 3105 |
|
|
if (trueop1 == constm1_rtx && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
| 3106 |
|
|
return op1;
|
| 3107 |
|
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
| 3108 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 3109 |
|
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
| 3110 |
|
|
if (tem)
|
| 3111 |
|
|
return tem;
|
| 3112 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3113 |
|
|
|
| 3114 |
|
|
case SS_PLUS:
|
| 3115 |
|
|
case US_PLUS:
|
| 3116 |
|
|
case SS_MINUS:
|
| 3117 |
|
|
case US_MINUS:
|
| 3118 |
|
|
case SS_MULT:
|
| 3119 |
|
|
case US_MULT:
|
| 3120 |
|
|
case SS_DIV:
|
| 3121 |
|
|
case US_DIV:
|
| 3122 |
|
|
/* ??? There are simplifications that can be done. */
|
| 3123 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3124 |
|
|
|
| 3125 |
|
|
case VEC_SELECT:
|
| 3126 |
|
|
if (!VECTOR_MODE_P (mode))
|
| 3127 |
|
|
{
|
| 3128 |
|
|
gcc_assert (VECTOR_MODE_P (GET_MODE (trueop0)));
|
| 3129 |
|
|
gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE_INNER (GET_MODE (trueop0)));
|
| 3130 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (trueop1) == PARALLEL);
|
| 3131 |
|
|
gcc_assert (XVECLEN (trueop1, 0) == 1);
|
| 3132 |
|
|
gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XVECEXP (trueop1, 0, 0)));
|
| 3133 |
|
|
|
| 3134 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
| 3135 |
|
|
return CONST_VECTOR_ELT (trueop0, INTVAL (XVECEXP
|
| 3136 |
|
|
(trueop1, 0, 0)));
|
| 3137 |
|
|
|
| 3138 |
|
|
/* Extract a scalar element from a nested VEC_SELECT expression
|
| 3139 |
|
|
(with optional nested VEC_CONCAT expression). Some targets
|
| 3140 |
|
|
(i386) extract scalar element from a vector using chain of
|
| 3141 |
|
|
nested VEC_SELECT expressions. When input operand is a memory
|
| 3142 |
|
|
operand, this operation can be simplified to a simple scalar
|
| 3143 |
|
|
load from an offseted memory address. */
|
| 3144 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop0) == VEC_SELECT)
|
| 3145 |
|
|
{
|
| 3146 |
|
|
rtx op0 = XEXP (trueop0, 0);
|
| 3147 |
|
|
rtx op1 = XEXP (trueop0, 1);
|
| 3148 |
|
|
|
| 3149 |
|
|
enum machine_mode opmode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
| 3150 |
|
|
int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (opmode));
|
| 3151 |
|
|
int n_elts = GET_MODE_SIZE (opmode) / elt_size;
|
| 3152 |
|
|
|
| 3153 |
|
|
int i = INTVAL (XVECEXP (trueop1, 0, 0));
|
| 3154 |
|
|
int elem;
|
| 3155 |
|
|
|
| 3156 |
|
|
rtvec vec;
|
| 3157 |
|
|
rtx tmp_op, tmp;
|
| 3158 |
|
|
|
| 3159 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (op1) == PARALLEL);
|
| 3160 |
|
|
gcc_assert (i < n_elts);
|
| 3161 |
|
|
|
| 3162 |
|
|
/* Select element, pointed by nested selector. */
|
| 3163 |
|
|
elem = INTVAL (XVECEXP (op1, 0, i));
|
| 3164 |
|
|
|
| 3165 |
|
|
/* Handle the case when nested VEC_SELECT wraps VEC_CONCAT. */
|
| 3166 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == VEC_CONCAT)
|
| 3167 |
|
|
{
|
| 3168 |
|
|
rtx op00 = XEXP (op0, 0);
|
| 3169 |
|
|
rtx op01 = XEXP (op0, 1);
|
| 3170 |
|
|
|
| 3171 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode00, mode01;
|
| 3172 |
|
|
int n_elts00, n_elts01;
|
| 3173 |
|
|
|
| 3174 |
|
|
mode00 = GET_MODE (op00);
|
| 3175 |
|
|
mode01 = GET_MODE (op01);
|
| 3176 |
|
|
|
| 3177 |
|
|
/* Find out number of elements of each operand. */
|
| 3178 |
|
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode00))
|
| 3179 |
|
|
{
|
| 3180 |
|
|
elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode00));
|
| 3181 |
|
|
n_elts00 = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode00) / elt_size;
|
| 3182 |
|
|
}
|
| 3183 |
|
|
else
|
| 3184 |
|
|
n_elts00 = 1;
|
| 3185 |
|
|
|
| 3186 |
|
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode01))
|
| 3187 |
|
|
{
|
| 3188 |
|
|
elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode01));
|
| 3189 |
|
|
n_elts01 = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode01) / elt_size;
|
| 3190 |
|
|
}
|
| 3191 |
|
|
else
|
| 3192 |
|
|
n_elts01 = 1;
|
| 3193 |
|
|
|
| 3194 |
|
|
gcc_assert (n_elts == n_elts00 + n_elts01);
|
| 3195 |
|
|
|
| 3196 |
|
|
/* Select correct operand of VEC_CONCAT
|
| 3197 |
|
|
and adjust selector. */
|
| 3198 |
|
|
if (elem < n_elts01)
|
| 3199 |
|
|
tmp_op = op00;
|
| 3200 |
|
|
else
|
| 3201 |
|
|
{
|
| 3202 |
|
|
tmp_op = op01;
|
| 3203 |
|
|
elem -= n_elts00;
|
| 3204 |
|
|
}
|
| 3205 |
|
|
}
|
| 3206 |
|
|
else
|
| 3207 |
|
|
tmp_op = op0;
|
| 3208 |
|
|
|
| 3209 |
|
|
vec = rtvec_alloc (1);
|
| 3210 |
|
|
RTVEC_ELT (vec, 0) = GEN_INT (elem);
|
| 3211 |
|
|
|
| 3212 |
|
|
tmp = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode,
|
| 3213 |
|
|
tmp_op, gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, vec));
|
| 3214 |
|
|
return tmp;
|
| 3215 |
|
|
}
|
| 3216 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop0) == VEC_DUPLICATE
|
| 3217 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (trueop0, 0)) == mode)
|
| 3218 |
|
|
return XEXP (trueop0, 0);
|
| 3219 |
|
|
}
|
| 3220 |
|
|
else
|
| 3221 |
|
|
{
|
| 3222 |
|
|
gcc_assert (VECTOR_MODE_P (GET_MODE (trueop0)));
|
| 3223 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_INNER (mode)
|
| 3224 |
|
|
== GET_MODE_INNER (GET_MODE (trueop0)));
|
| 3225 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (trueop1) == PARALLEL);
|
| 3226 |
|
|
|
| 3227 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
| 3228 |
|
|
{
|
| 3229 |
|
|
int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
|
| 3230 |
|
|
unsigned n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / elt_size);
|
| 3231 |
|
|
rtvec v = rtvec_alloc (n_elts);
|
| 3232 |
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
| 3233 |
|
|
|
| 3234 |
|
|
gcc_assert (XVECLEN (trueop1, 0) == (int) n_elts);
|
| 3235 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
|
| 3236 |
|
|
{
|
| 3237 |
|
|
rtx x = XVECEXP (trueop1, 0, i);
|
| 3238 |
|
|
|
| 3239 |
|
|
gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (x));
|
| 3240 |
|
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (trueop0,
|
| 3241 |
|
|
INTVAL (x));
|
| 3242 |
|
|
}
|
| 3243 |
|
|
|
| 3244 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
| 3245 |
|
|
}
|
| 3246 |
|
|
}
|
| 3247 |
|
|
|
| 3248 |
|
|
if (XVECLEN (trueop1, 0) == 1
|
| 3249 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XVECEXP (trueop1, 0, 0))
|
| 3250 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (trueop0) == VEC_CONCAT)
|
| 3251 |
|
|
{
|
| 3252 |
|
|
rtx vec = trueop0;
|
| 3253 |
|
|
int offset = INTVAL (XVECEXP (trueop1, 0, 0)) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
|
| 3254 |
|
|
|
| 3255 |
|
|
/* Try to find the element in the VEC_CONCAT. */
|
| 3256 |
|
|
while (GET_MODE (vec) != mode
|
| 3257 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (vec) == VEC_CONCAT)
|
| 3258 |
|
|
{
|
| 3259 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT vec_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (vec, 0)));
|
| 3260 |
|
|
if (offset < vec_size)
|
| 3261 |
|
|
vec = XEXP (vec, 0);
|
| 3262 |
|
|
else
|
| 3263 |
|
|
{
|
| 3264 |
|
|
offset -= vec_size;
|
| 3265 |
|
|
vec = XEXP (vec, 1);
|
| 3266 |
|
|
}
|
| 3267 |
|
|
vec = avoid_constant_pool_reference (vec);
|
| 3268 |
|
|
}
|
| 3269 |
|
|
|
| 3270 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (vec) == mode)
|
| 3271 |
|
|
return vec;
|
| 3272 |
|
|
}
|
| 3273 |
|
|
|
| 3274 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3275 |
|
|
case VEC_CONCAT:
|
| 3276 |
|
|
{
|
| 3277 |
|
|
enum machine_mode op0_mode = (GET_MODE (trueop0) != VOIDmode
|
| 3278 |
|
|
? GET_MODE (trueop0)
|
| 3279 |
|
|
: GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
|
| 3280 |
|
|
enum machine_mode op1_mode = (GET_MODE (trueop1) != VOIDmode
|
| 3281 |
|
|
? GET_MODE (trueop1)
|
| 3282 |
|
|
: GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
|
| 3283 |
|
|
|
| 3284 |
|
|
gcc_assert (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode));
|
| 3285 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_SIZE (op0_mode) + GET_MODE_SIZE (op1_mode)
|
| 3286 |
|
|
== GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
|
| 3287 |
|
|
|
| 3288 |
|
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (op0_mode))
|
| 3289 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_INNER (mode)
|
| 3290 |
|
|
== GET_MODE_INNER (op0_mode));
|
| 3291 |
|
|
else
|
| 3292 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_INNER (mode) == op0_mode);
|
| 3293 |
|
|
|
| 3294 |
|
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (op1_mode))
|
| 3295 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_INNER (mode)
|
| 3296 |
|
|
== GET_MODE_INNER (op1_mode));
|
| 3297 |
|
|
else
|
| 3298 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_INNER (mode) == op1_mode);
|
| 3299 |
|
|
|
| 3300 |
|
|
if ((GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_VECTOR
|
| 3301 |
|
|
|| CONST_INT_P (trueop0)
|
| 3302 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
| 3303 |
|
|
&& (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_VECTOR
|
| 3304 |
|
|
|| CONST_INT_P (trueop1)
|
| 3305 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_DOUBLE))
|
| 3306 |
|
|
{
|
| 3307 |
|
|
int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
|
| 3308 |
|
|
unsigned n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / elt_size);
|
| 3309 |
|
|
rtvec v = rtvec_alloc (n_elts);
|
| 3310 |
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
| 3311 |
|
|
unsigned in_n_elts = 1;
|
| 3312 |
|
|
|
| 3313 |
|
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (op0_mode))
|
| 3314 |
|
|
in_n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (op0_mode) / elt_size);
|
| 3315 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
|
| 3316 |
|
|
{
|
| 3317 |
|
|
if (i < in_n_elts)
|
| 3318 |
|
|
{
|
| 3319 |
|
|
if (!VECTOR_MODE_P (op0_mode))
|
| 3320 |
|
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = trueop0;
|
| 3321 |
|
|
else
|
| 3322 |
|
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (trueop0, i);
|
| 3323 |
|
|
}
|
| 3324 |
|
|
else
|
| 3325 |
|
|
{
|
| 3326 |
|
|
if (!VECTOR_MODE_P (op1_mode))
|
| 3327 |
|
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = trueop1;
|
| 3328 |
|
|
else
|
| 3329 |
|
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (trueop1,
|
| 3330 |
|
|
i - in_n_elts);
|
| 3331 |
|
|
}
|
| 3332 |
|
|
}
|
| 3333 |
|
|
|
| 3334 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
| 3335 |
|
|
}
|
| 3336 |
|
|
}
|
| 3337 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3338 |
|
|
|
| 3339 |
|
|
default:
|
| 3340 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 3341 |
|
|
}
|
| 3342 |
|
|
|
| 3343 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3344 |
|
|
}
|
| 3345 |
|
|
|
| 3346 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 3347 |
|
|
simplify_const_binary_operation (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
| 3348 |
|
|
rtx op0, rtx op1)
|
| 3349 |
|
|
{
|
| 3350 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT arg0, arg1, arg0s, arg1s;
|
| 3351 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT val;
|
| 3352 |
|
|
unsigned int width = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode);
|
| 3353 |
|
|
|
| 3354 |
|
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 3355 |
|
|
&& code != VEC_CONCAT
|
| 3356 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_VECTOR
|
| 3357 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
| 3358 |
|
|
{
|
| 3359 |
|
|
unsigned n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
|
| 3360 |
|
|
enum machine_mode op0mode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
| 3361 |
|
|
unsigned op0_n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (op0mode);
|
| 3362 |
|
|
enum machine_mode op1mode = GET_MODE (op1);
|
| 3363 |
|
|
unsigned op1_n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (op1mode);
|
| 3364 |
|
|
rtvec v = rtvec_alloc (n_elts);
|
| 3365 |
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
| 3366 |
|
|
|
| 3367 |
|
|
gcc_assert (op0_n_elts == n_elts);
|
| 3368 |
|
|
gcc_assert (op1_n_elts == n_elts);
|
| 3369 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
|
| 3370 |
|
|
{
|
| 3371 |
|
|
rtx x = simplify_binary_operation (code, GET_MODE_INNER (mode),
|
| 3372 |
|
|
CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op0, i),
|
| 3373 |
|
|
CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op1, i));
|
| 3374 |
|
|
if (!x)
|
| 3375 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3376 |
|
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = x;
|
| 3377 |
|
|
}
|
| 3378 |
|
|
|
| 3379 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
| 3380 |
|
|
}
|
| 3381 |
|
|
|
| 3382 |
|
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 3383 |
|
|
&& code == VEC_CONCAT
|
| 3384 |
|
|
&& (CONST_INT_P (op0)
|
| 3385 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
| 3386 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_FIXED)
|
| 3387 |
|
|
&& (CONST_INT_P (op1)
|
| 3388 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
| 3389 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_FIXED))
|
| 3390 |
|
|
{
|
| 3391 |
|
|
unsigned n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
|
| 3392 |
|
|
rtvec v = rtvec_alloc (n_elts);
|
| 3393 |
|
|
|
| 3394 |
|
|
gcc_assert (n_elts >= 2);
|
| 3395 |
|
|
if (n_elts == 2)
|
| 3396 |
|
|
{
|
| 3397 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (op0) != CONST_VECTOR);
|
| 3398 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (op1) != CONST_VECTOR);
|
| 3399 |
|
|
|
| 3400 |
|
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, 0) = op0;
|
| 3401 |
|
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, 1) = op1;
|
| 3402 |
|
|
}
|
| 3403 |
|
|
else
|
| 3404 |
|
|
{
|
| 3405 |
|
|
unsigned op0_n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (GET_MODE (op0));
|
| 3406 |
|
|
unsigned op1_n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (GET_MODE (op1));
|
| 3407 |
|
|
unsigned i;
|
| 3408 |
|
|
|
| 3409 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_VECTOR);
|
| 3410 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_VECTOR);
|
| 3411 |
|
|
gcc_assert (op0_n_elts + op1_n_elts == n_elts);
|
| 3412 |
|
|
|
| 3413 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < op0_n_elts; ++i)
|
| 3414 |
|
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = XVECEXP (op0, 0, i);
|
| 3415 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < op1_n_elts; ++i)
|
| 3416 |
|
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, op0_n_elts+i) = XVECEXP (op1, 0, i);
|
| 3417 |
|
|
}
|
| 3418 |
|
|
|
| 3419 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
| 3420 |
|
|
}
|
| 3421 |
|
|
|
| 3422 |
|
|
if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 3423 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
| 3424 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
| 3425 |
|
|
&& mode == GET_MODE (op0) && mode == GET_MODE (op1))
|
| 3426 |
|
|
{
|
| 3427 |
|
|
if (code == AND
|
| 3428 |
|
|
|| code == IOR
|
| 3429 |
|
|
|| code == XOR)
|
| 3430 |
|
|
{
|
| 3431 |
|
|
long tmp0[4];
|
| 3432 |
|
|
long tmp1[4];
|
| 3433 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
|
| 3434 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 3435 |
|
|
|
| 3436 |
|
|
real_to_target (tmp0, CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (op0),
|
| 3437 |
|
|
GET_MODE (op0));
|
| 3438 |
|
|
real_to_target (tmp1, CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (op1),
|
| 3439 |
|
|
GET_MODE (op1));
|
| 3440 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
|
| 3441 |
|
|
{
|
| 3442 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 3443 |
|
|
{
|
| 3444 |
|
|
case AND:
|
| 3445 |
|
|
tmp0[i] &= tmp1[i];
|
| 3446 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3447 |
|
|
case IOR:
|
| 3448 |
|
|
tmp0[i] |= tmp1[i];
|
| 3449 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3450 |
|
|
case XOR:
|
| 3451 |
|
|
tmp0[i] ^= tmp1[i];
|
| 3452 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3453 |
|
|
default:
|
| 3454 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 3455 |
|
|
}
|
| 3456 |
|
|
}
|
| 3457 |
|
|
real_from_target (&r, tmp0, mode);
|
| 3458 |
|
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (r, mode);
|
| 3459 |
|
|
}
|
| 3460 |
|
|
else
|
| 3461 |
|
|
{
|
| 3462 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE f0, f1, value, result;
|
| 3463 |
|
|
bool inexact;
|
| 3464 |
|
|
|
| 3465 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (f0, op0);
|
| 3466 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (f1, op1);
|
| 3467 |
|
|
real_convert (&f0, mode, &f0);
|
| 3468 |
|
|
real_convert (&f1, mode, &f1);
|
| 3469 |
|
|
|
| 3470 |
|
|
if (HONOR_SNANS (mode)
|
| 3471 |
|
|
&& (REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (f0) || REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (f1)))
|
| 3472 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3473 |
|
|
|
| 3474 |
|
|
if (code == DIV
|
| 3475 |
|
|
&& REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (f1, dconst0)
|
| 3476 |
|
|
&& (flag_trapping_math || ! MODE_HAS_INFINITIES (mode)))
|
| 3477 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3478 |
|
|
|
| 3479 |
|
|
if (MODE_HAS_INFINITIES (mode) && HONOR_NANS (mode)
|
| 3480 |
|
|
&& flag_trapping_math
|
| 3481 |
|
|
&& REAL_VALUE_ISINF (f0) && REAL_VALUE_ISINF (f1))
|
| 3482 |
|
|
{
|
| 3483 |
|
|
int s0 = REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (f0);
|
| 3484 |
|
|
int s1 = REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (f1);
|
| 3485 |
|
|
|
| 3486 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 3487 |
|
|
{
|
| 3488 |
|
|
case PLUS:
|
| 3489 |
|
|
/* Inf + -Inf = NaN plus exception. */
|
| 3490 |
|
|
if (s0 != s1)
|
| 3491 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3492 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3493 |
|
|
case MINUS:
|
| 3494 |
|
|
/* Inf - Inf = NaN plus exception. */
|
| 3495 |
|
|
if (s0 == s1)
|
| 3496 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3497 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3498 |
|
|
case DIV:
|
| 3499 |
|
|
/* Inf / Inf = NaN plus exception. */
|
| 3500 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3501 |
|
|
default:
|
| 3502 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3503 |
|
|
}
|
| 3504 |
|
|
}
|
| 3505 |
|
|
|
| 3506 |
|
|
if (code == MULT && MODE_HAS_INFINITIES (mode) && HONOR_NANS (mode)
|
| 3507 |
|
|
&& flag_trapping_math
|
| 3508 |
|
|
&& ((REAL_VALUE_ISINF (f0) && REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (f1, dconst0))
|
| 3509 |
|
|
|| (REAL_VALUE_ISINF (f1)
|
| 3510 |
|
|
&& REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (f0, dconst0))))
|
| 3511 |
|
|
/* Inf * 0 = NaN plus exception. */
|
| 3512 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3513 |
|
|
|
| 3514 |
|
|
inexact = real_arithmetic (&value, rtx_to_tree_code (code),
|
| 3515 |
|
|
&f0, &f1);
|
| 3516 |
|
|
real_convert (&result, mode, &value);
|
| 3517 |
|
|
|
| 3518 |
|
|
/* Don't constant fold this floating point operation if
|
| 3519 |
|
|
the result has overflowed and flag_trapping_math. */
|
| 3520 |
|
|
|
| 3521 |
|
|
if (flag_trapping_math
|
| 3522 |
|
|
&& MODE_HAS_INFINITIES (mode)
|
| 3523 |
|
|
&& REAL_VALUE_ISINF (result)
|
| 3524 |
|
|
&& !REAL_VALUE_ISINF (f0)
|
| 3525 |
|
|
&& !REAL_VALUE_ISINF (f1))
|
| 3526 |
|
|
/* Overflow plus exception. */
|
| 3527 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3528 |
|
|
|
| 3529 |
|
|
/* Don't constant fold this floating point operation if the
|
| 3530 |
|
|
result may dependent upon the run-time rounding mode and
|
| 3531 |
|
|
flag_rounding_math is set, or if GCC's software emulation
|
| 3532 |
|
|
is unable to accurately represent the result. */
|
| 3533 |
|
|
|
| 3534 |
|
|
if ((flag_rounding_math
|
| 3535 |
|
|
|| (MODE_COMPOSITE_P (mode) && !flag_unsafe_math_optimizations))
|
| 3536 |
|
|
&& (inexact || !real_identical (&result, &value)))
|
| 3537 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 3538 |
|
|
|
| 3539 |
|
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (result, mode);
|
| 3540 |
|
|
}
|
| 3541 |
|
|
}
|
| 3542 |
|
|
|
| 3543 |
|
|
/* We can fold some multi-word operations. */
|
| 3544 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
|
| 3545 |
|
|
&& width == HOST_BITS_PER_DOUBLE_INT
|
| 3546 |
|
|
&& (CONST_DOUBLE_P (op0) || CONST_INT_P (op0))
|
| 3547 |
|
|
&& (CONST_DOUBLE_P (op1) || CONST_INT_P (op1)))
|
| 3548 |
|
|
{
|
| 3549 |
|
|
double_int o0, o1, res, tmp;
|
| 3550 |
|
|
|
| 3551 |
|
|
o0 = rtx_to_double_int (op0);
|
| 3552 |
|
|
o1 = rtx_to_double_int (op1);
|
| 3553 |
|
|
|
| 3554 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 3555 |
|
|
{
|
| 3556 |
|
|
case MINUS:
|
| 3557 |
|
|
/* A - B == A + (-B). */
|
| 3558 |
|
|
o1 = double_int_neg (o1);
|
| 3559 |
|
|
|
| 3560 |
|
|
/* Fall through.... */
|
| 3561 |
|
|
|
| 3562 |
|
|
case PLUS:
|
| 3563 |
|
|
res = double_int_add (o0, o1);
|
| 3564 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3565 |
|
|
|
| 3566 |
|
|
case MULT:
|
| 3567 |
|
|
res = double_int_mul (o0, o1);
|
| 3568 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3569 |
|
|
|
| 3570 |
|
|
case DIV:
|
| 3571 |
|
|
if (div_and_round_double (TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, 0,
|
| 3572 |
|
|
o0.low, o0.high, o1.low, o1.high,
|
| 3573 |
|
|
&res.low, &res.high,
|
| 3574 |
|
|
&tmp.low, &tmp.high))
|
| 3575 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3576 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3577 |
|
|
|
| 3578 |
|
|
case MOD:
|
| 3579 |
|
|
if (div_and_round_double (TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, 0,
|
| 3580 |
|
|
o0.low, o0.high, o1.low, o1.high,
|
| 3581 |
|
|
&tmp.low, &tmp.high,
|
| 3582 |
|
|
&res.low, &res.high))
|
| 3583 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3584 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3585 |
|
|
|
| 3586 |
|
|
case UDIV:
|
| 3587 |
|
|
if (div_and_round_double (TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, 1,
|
| 3588 |
|
|
o0.low, o0.high, o1.low, o1.high,
|
| 3589 |
|
|
&res.low, &res.high,
|
| 3590 |
|
|
&tmp.low, &tmp.high))
|
| 3591 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3592 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3593 |
|
|
|
| 3594 |
|
|
case UMOD:
|
| 3595 |
|
|
if (div_and_round_double (TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, 1,
|
| 3596 |
|
|
o0.low, o0.high, o1.low, o1.high,
|
| 3597 |
|
|
&tmp.low, &tmp.high,
|
| 3598 |
|
|
&res.low, &res.high))
|
| 3599 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3600 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3601 |
|
|
|
| 3602 |
|
|
case AND:
|
| 3603 |
|
|
res = double_int_and (o0, o1);
|
| 3604 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3605 |
|
|
|
| 3606 |
|
|
case IOR:
|
| 3607 |
|
|
res = double_int_ior (o0, o1);
|
| 3608 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3609 |
|
|
|
| 3610 |
|
|
case XOR:
|
| 3611 |
|
|
res = double_int_xor (o0, o1);
|
| 3612 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3613 |
|
|
|
| 3614 |
|
|
case SMIN:
|
| 3615 |
|
|
res = double_int_smin (o0, o1);
|
| 3616 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3617 |
|
|
|
| 3618 |
|
|
case SMAX:
|
| 3619 |
|
|
res = double_int_smax (o0, o1);
|
| 3620 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3621 |
|
|
|
| 3622 |
|
|
case UMIN:
|
| 3623 |
|
|
res = double_int_umin (o0, o1);
|
| 3624 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3625 |
|
|
|
| 3626 |
|
|
case UMAX:
|
| 3627 |
|
|
res = double_int_umax (o0, o1);
|
| 3628 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3629 |
|
|
|
| 3630 |
|
|
case LSHIFTRT: case ASHIFTRT:
|
| 3631 |
|
|
case ASHIFT:
|
| 3632 |
|
|
case ROTATE: case ROTATERT:
|
| 3633 |
|
|
{
|
| 3634 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt;
|
| 3635 |
|
|
|
| 3636 |
|
|
if (SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED)
|
| 3637 |
|
|
o1 = double_int_zext (o1, GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode));
|
| 3638 |
|
|
|
| 3639 |
|
|
if (!double_int_fits_in_uhwi_p (o1)
|
| 3640 |
|
|
|| double_int_to_uhwi (o1) >= GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode))
|
| 3641 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3642 |
|
|
|
| 3643 |
|
|
cnt = double_int_to_uhwi (o1);
|
| 3644 |
|
|
|
| 3645 |
|
|
if (code == LSHIFTRT || code == ASHIFTRT)
|
| 3646 |
|
|
res = double_int_rshift (o0, cnt, GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode),
|
| 3647 |
|
|
code == ASHIFTRT);
|
| 3648 |
|
|
else if (code == ASHIFT)
|
| 3649 |
|
|
res = double_int_lshift (o0, cnt, GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode),
|
| 3650 |
|
|
true);
|
| 3651 |
|
|
else if (code == ROTATE)
|
| 3652 |
|
|
res = double_int_lrotate (o0, cnt, GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode));
|
| 3653 |
|
|
else /* code == ROTATERT */
|
| 3654 |
|
|
res = double_int_rrotate (o0, cnt, GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode));
|
| 3655 |
|
|
}
|
| 3656 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3657 |
|
|
|
| 3658 |
|
|
default:
|
| 3659 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3660 |
|
|
}
|
| 3661 |
|
|
|
| 3662 |
|
|
return immed_double_int_const (res, mode);
|
| 3663 |
|
|
}
|
| 3664 |
|
|
|
| 3665 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (op0) && CONST_INT_P (op1)
|
| 3666 |
|
|
&& width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT && width != 0)
|
| 3667 |
|
|
{
|
| 3668 |
|
|
/* Get the integer argument values in two forms:
|
| 3669 |
|
|
zero-extended in ARG0, ARG1 and sign-extended in ARG0S, ARG1S. */
|
| 3670 |
|
|
|
| 3671 |
|
|
arg0 = INTVAL (op0);
|
| 3672 |
|
|
arg1 = INTVAL (op1);
|
| 3673 |
|
|
|
| 3674 |
|
|
if (width < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 3675 |
|
|
{
|
| 3676 |
|
|
arg0 &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
| 3677 |
|
|
arg1 &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
| 3678 |
|
|
|
| 3679 |
|
|
arg0s = arg0;
|
| 3680 |
|
|
if (val_signbit_known_set_p (mode, arg0s))
|
| 3681 |
|
|
arg0s |= ~GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
| 3682 |
|
|
|
| 3683 |
|
|
arg1s = arg1;
|
| 3684 |
|
|
if (val_signbit_known_set_p (mode, arg1s))
|
| 3685 |
|
|
arg1s |= ~GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
| 3686 |
|
|
}
|
| 3687 |
|
|
else
|
| 3688 |
|
|
{
|
| 3689 |
|
|
arg0s = arg0;
|
| 3690 |
|
|
arg1s = arg1;
|
| 3691 |
|
|
}
|
| 3692 |
|
|
|
| 3693 |
|
|
/* Compute the value of the arithmetic. */
|
| 3694 |
|
|
|
| 3695 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 3696 |
|
|
{
|
| 3697 |
|
|
case PLUS:
|
| 3698 |
|
|
val = arg0s + arg1s;
|
| 3699 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3700 |
|
|
|
| 3701 |
|
|
case MINUS:
|
| 3702 |
|
|
val = arg0s - arg1s;
|
| 3703 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3704 |
|
|
|
| 3705 |
|
|
case MULT:
|
| 3706 |
|
|
val = arg0s * arg1s;
|
| 3707 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3708 |
|
|
|
| 3709 |
|
|
case DIV:
|
| 3710 |
|
|
if (arg1s == 0
|
| 3711 |
|
|
|| ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0s
|
| 3712 |
|
|
== (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1)
|
| 3713 |
|
|
&& arg1s == -1))
|
| 3714 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3715 |
|
|
val = arg0s / arg1s;
|
| 3716 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3717 |
|
|
|
| 3718 |
|
|
case MOD:
|
| 3719 |
|
|
if (arg1s == 0
|
| 3720 |
|
|
|| ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0s
|
| 3721 |
|
|
== (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1)
|
| 3722 |
|
|
&& arg1s == -1))
|
| 3723 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3724 |
|
|
val = arg0s % arg1s;
|
| 3725 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3726 |
|
|
|
| 3727 |
|
|
case UDIV:
|
| 3728 |
|
|
if (arg1 == 0
|
| 3729 |
|
|
|| ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0s
|
| 3730 |
|
|
== (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1)
|
| 3731 |
|
|
&& arg1s == -1))
|
| 3732 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3733 |
|
|
val = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0 / arg1;
|
| 3734 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3735 |
|
|
|
| 3736 |
|
|
case UMOD:
|
| 3737 |
|
|
if (arg1 == 0
|
| 3738 |
|
|
|| ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0s
|
| 3739 |
|
|
== (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1)
|
| 3740 |
|
|
&& arg1s == -1))
|
| 3741 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3742 |
|
|
val = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0 % arg1;
|
| 3743 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3744 |
|
|
|
| 3745 |
|
|
case AND:
|
| 3746 |
|
|
val = arg0 & arg1;
|
| 3747 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3748 |
|
|
|
| 3749 |
|
|
case IOR:
|
| 3750 |
|
|
val = arg0 | arg1;
|
| 3751 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3752 |
|
|
|
| 3753 |
|
|
case XOR:
|
| 3754 |
|
|
val = arg0 ^ arg1;
|
| 3755 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3756 |
|
|
|
| 3757 |
|
|
case LSHIFTRT:
|
| 3758 |
|
|
case ASHIFT:
|
| 3759 |
|
|
case ASHIFTRT:
|
| 3760 |
|
|
/* Truncate the shift if SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED, otherwise make sure
|
| 3761 |
|
|
the value is in range. We can't return any old value for
|
| 3762 |
|
|
out-of-range arguments because either the middle-end (via
|
| 3763 |
|
|
shift_truncation_mask) or the back-end might be relying on
|
| 3764 |
|
|
target-specific knowledge. Nor can we rely on
|
| 3765 |
|
|
shift_truncation_mask, since the shift might not be part of an
|
| 3766 |
|
|
ashlM3, lshrM3 or ashrM3 instruction. */
|
| 3767 |
|
|
if (SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED)
|
| 3768 |
|
|
arg1 = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg1 % width;
|
| 3769 |
|
|
else if (arg1 < 0 || arg1 >= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
|
| 3770 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3771 |
|
|
|
| 3772 |
|
|
val = (code == ASHIFT
|
| 3773 |
|
|
? ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0) << arg1
|
| 3774 |
|
|
: ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0) >> arg1);
|
| 3775 |
|
|
|
| 3776 |
|
|
/* Sign-extend the result for arithmetic right shifts. */
|
| 3777 |
|
|
if (code == ASHIFTRT && arg0s < 0 && arg1 > 0)
|
| 3778 |
|
|
val |= ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1)) << (width - arg1);
|
| 3779 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3780 |
|
|
|
| 3781 |
|
|
case ROTATERT:
|
| 3782 |
|
|
if (arg1 < 0)
|
| 3783 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3784 |
|
|
|
| 3785 |
|
|
arg1 %= width;
|
| 3786 |
|
|
val = ((((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0) << (width - arg1))
|
| 3787 |
|
|
| (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0) >> arg1));
|
| 3788 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3789 |
|
|
|
| 3790 |
|
|
case ROTATE:
|
| 3791 |
|
|
if (arg1 < 0)
|
| 3792 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3793 |
|
|
|
| 3794 |
|
|
arg1 %= width;
|
| 3795 |
|
|
val = ((((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0) << arg1)
|
| 3796 |
|
|
| (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0) >> (width - arg1)));
|
| 3797 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3798 |
|
|
|
| 3799 |
|
|
case COMPARE:
|
| 3800 |
|
|
/* Do nothing here. */
|
| 3801 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3802 |
|
|
|
| 3803 |
|
|
case SMIN:
|
| 3804 |
|
|
val = arg0s <= arg1s ? arg0s : arg1s;
|
| 3805 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3806 |
|
|
|
| 3807 |
|
|
case UMIN:
|
| 3808 |
|
|
val = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0
|
| 3809 |
|
|
<= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg1 ? arg0 : arg1);
|
| 3810 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3811 |
|
|
|
| 3812 |
|
|
case SMAX:
|
| 3813 |
|
|
val = arg0s > arg1s ? arg0s : arg1s;
|
| 3814 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3815 |
|
|
|
| 3816 |
|
|
case UMAX:
|
| 3817 |
|
|
val = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0
|
| 3818 |
|
|
> (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg1 ? arg0 : arg1);
|
| 3819 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3820 |
|
|
|
| 3821 |
|
|
case SS_PLUS:
|
| 3822 |
|
|
case US_PLUS:
|
| 3823 |
|
|
case SS_MINUS:
|
| 3824 |
|
|
case US_MINUS:
|
| 3825 |
|
|
case SS_MULT:
|
| 3826 |
|
|
case US_MULT:
|
| 3827 |
|
|
case SS_DIV:
|
| 3828 |
|
|
case US_DIV:
|
| 3829 |
|
|
case SS_ASHIFT:
|
| 3830 |
|
|
case US_ASHIFT:
|
| 3831 |
|
|
/* ??? There are simplifications that can be done. */
|
| 3832 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3833 |
|
|
|
| 3834 |
|
|
default:
|
| 3835 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 3836 |
|
|
}
|
| 3837 |
|
|
|
| 3838 |
|
|
return gen_int_mode (val, mode);
|
| 3839 |
|
|
}
|
| 3840 |
|
|
|
| 3841 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 3842 |
|
|
}
|
| 3843 |
|
|
|
| 3844 |
|
|
|
| 3845 |
|
|
|
| 3846 |
|
|
/* Simplify a PLUS or MINUS, at least one of whose operands may be another
|
| 3847 |
|
|
PLUS or MINUS.
|
| 3848 |
|
|
|
| 3849 |
|
|
Rather than test for specific case, we do this by a brute-force method
|
| 3850 |
|
|
and do all possible simplifications until no more changes occur. Then
|
| 3851 |
|
|
we rebuild the operation. */
|
| 3852 |
|
|
|
| 3853 |
|
|
struct simplify_plus_minus_op_data
|
| 3854 |
|
|
{
|
| 3855 |
|
|
rtx op;
|
| 3856 |
|
|
short neg;
|
| 3857 |
|
|
};
|
| 3858 |
|
|
|
| 3859 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 3860 |
|
|
simplify_plus_minus_op_data_cmp (rtx x, rtx y)
|
| 3861 |
|
|
{
|
| 3862 |
|
|
int result;
|
| 3863 |
|
|
|
| 3864 |
|
|
result = (commutative_operand_precedence (y)
|
| 3865 |
|
|
- commutative_operand_precedence (x));
|
| 3866 |
|
|
if (result)
|
| 3867 |
|
|
return result > 0;
|
| 3868 |
|
|
|
| 3869 |
|
|
/* Group together equal REGs to do more simplification. */
|
| 3870 |
|
|
if (REG_P (x) && REG_P (y))
|
| 3871 |
|
|
return REGNO (x) > REGNO (y);
|
| 3872 |
|
|
else
|
| 3873 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 3874 |
|
|
}
|
| 3875 |
|
|
|
| 3876 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 3877 |
|
|
simplify_plus_minus (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0,
|
| 3878 |
|
|
rtx op1)
|
| 3879 |
|
|
{
|
| 3880 |
|
|
struct simplify_plus_minus_op_data ops[8];
|
| 3881 |
|
|
rtx result, tem;
|
| 3882 |
|
|
int n_ops = 2, input_ops = 2;
|
| 3883 |
|
|
int changed, n_constants = 0, canonicalized = 0;
|
| 3884 |
|
|
int i, j;
|
| 3885 |
|
|
|
| 3886 |
|
|
memset (ops, 0, sizeof ops);
|
| 3887 |
|
|
|
| 3888 |
|
|
/* Set up the two operands and then expand them until nothing has been
|
| 3889 |
|
|
changed. If we run out of room in our array, give up; this should
|
| 3890 |
|
|
almost never happen. */
|
| 3891 |
|
|
|
| 3892 |
|
|
ops[0].op = op0;
|
| 3893 |
|
|
ops[0].neg = 0;
|
| 3894 |
|
|
ops[1].op = op1;
|
| 3895 |
|
|
ops[1].neg = (code == MINUS);
|
| 3896 |
|
|
|
| 3897 |
|
|
do
|
| 3898 |
|
|
{
|
| 3899 |
|
|
changed = 0;
|
| 3900 |
|
|
|
| 3901 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n_ops; i++)
|
| 3902 |
|
|
{
|
| 3903 |
|
|
rtx this_op = ops[i].op;
|
| 3904 |
|
|
int this_neg = ops[i].neg;
|
| 3905 |
|
|
enum rtx_code this_code = GET_CODE (this_op);
|
| 3906 |
|
|
|
| 3907 |
|
|
switch (this_code)
|
| 3908 |
|
|
{
|
| 3909 |
|
|
case PLUS:
|
| 3910 |
|
|
case MINUS:
|
| 3911 |
|
|
if (n_ops == 7)
|
| 3912 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 3913 |
|
|
|
| 3914 |
|
|
ops[n_ops].op = XEXP (this_op, 1);
|
| 3915 |
|
|
ops[n_ops].neg = (this_code == MINUS) ^ this_neg;
|
| 3916 |
|
|
n_ops++;
|
| 3917 |
|
|
|
| 3918 |
|
|
ops[i].op = XEXP (this_op, 0);
|
| 3919 |
|
|
input_ops++;
|
| 3920 |
|
|
changed = 1;
|
| 3921 |
|
|
canonicalized |= this_neg;
|
| 3922 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3923 |
|
|
|
| 3924 |
|
|
case NEG:
|
| 3925 |
|
|
ops[i].op = XEXP (this_op, 0);
|
| 3926 |
|
|
ops[i].neg = ! this_neg;
|
| 3927 |
|
|
changed = 1;
|
| 3928 |
|
|
canonicalized = 1;
|
| 3929 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3930 |
|
|
|
| 3931 |
|
|
case CONST:
|
| 3932 |
|
|
if (n_ops < 7
|
| 3933 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (this_op, 0)) == PLUS
|
| 3934 |
|
|
&& CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (this_op, 0), 0))
|
| 3935 |
|
|
&& CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (this_op, 0), 1)))
|
| 3936 |
|
|
{
|
| 3937 |
|
|
ops[i].op = XEXP (XEXP (this_op, 0), 0);
|
| 3938 |
|
|
ops[n_ops].op = XEXP (XEXP (this_op, 0), 1);
|
| 3939 |
|
|
ops[n_ops].neg = this_neg;
|
| 3940 |
|
|
n_ops++;
|
| 3941 |
|
|
changed = 1;
|
| 3942 |
|
|
canonicalized = 1;
|
| 3943 |
|
|
}
|
| 3944 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3945 |
|
|
|
| 3946 |
|
|
case NOT:
|
| 3947 |
|
|
/* ~a -> (-a - 1) */
|
| 3948 |
|
|
if (n_ops != 7)
|
| 3949 |
|
|
{
|
| 3950 |
|
|
ops[n_ops].op = CONSTM1_RTX (mode);
|
| 3951 |
|
|
ops[n_ops++].neg = this_neg;
|
| 3952 |
|
|
ops[i].op = XEXP (this_op, 0);
|
| 3953 |
|
|
ops[i].neg = !this_neg;
|
| 3954 |
|
|
changed = 1;
|
| 3955 |
|
|
canonicalized = 1;
|
| 3956 |
|
|
}
|
| 3957 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3958 |
|
|
|
| 3959 |
|
|
case CONST_INT:
|
| 3960 |
|
|
n_constants++;
|
| 3961 |
|
|
if (this_neg)
|
| 3962 |
|
|
{
|
| 3963 |
|
|
ops[i].op = neg_const_int (mode, this_op);
|
| 3964 |
|
|
ops[i].neg = 0;
|
| 3965 |
|
|
changed = 1;
|
| 3966 |
|
|
canonicalized = 1;
|
| 3967 |
|
|
}
|
| 3968 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3969 |
|
|
|
| 3970 |
|
|
default:
|
| 3971 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3972 |
|
|
}
|
| 3973 |
|
|
}
|
| 3974 |
|
|
}
|
| 3975 |
|
|
while (changed);
|
| 3976 |
|
|
|
| 3977 |
|
|
if (n_constants > 1)
|
| 3978 |
|
|
canonicalized = 1;
|
| 3979 |
|
|
|
| 3980 |
|
|
gcc_assert (n_ops >= 2);
|
| 3981 |
|
|
|
| 3982 |
|
|
/* If we only have two operands, we can avoid the loops. */
|
| 3983 |
|
|
if (n_ops == 2)
|
| 3984 |
|
|
{
|
| 3985 |
|
|
enum rtx_code code = ops[0].neg || ops[1].neg ? MINUS : PLUS;
|
| 3986 |
|
|
rtx lhs, rhs;
|
| 3987 |
|
|
|
| 3988 |
|
|
/* Get the two operands. Be careful with the order, especially for
|
| 3989 |
|
|
the cases where code == MINUS. */
|
| 3990 |
|
|
if (ops[0].neg && ops[1].neg)
|
| 3991 |
|
|
{
|
| 3992 |
|
|
lhs = gen_rtx_NEG (mode, ops[0].op);
|
| 3993 |
|
|
rhs = ops[1].op;
|
| 3994 |
|
|
}
|
| 3995 |
|
|
else if (ops[0].neg)
|
| 3996 |
|
|
{
|
| 3997 |
|
|
lhs = ops[1].op;
|
| 3998 |
|
|
rhs = ops[0].op;
|
| 3999 |
|
|
}
|
| 4000 |
|
|
else
|
| 4001 |
|
|
{
|
| 4002 |
|
|
lhs = ops[0].op;
|
| 4003 |
|
|
rhs = ops[1].op;
|
| 4004 |
|
|
}
|
| 4005 |
|
|
|
| 4006 |
|
|
return simplify_const_binary_operation (code, mode, lhs, rhs);
|
| 4007 |
|
|
}
|
| 4008 |
|
|
|
| 4009 |
|
|
/* Now simplify each pair of operands until nothing changes. */
|
| 4010 |
|
|
do
|
| 4011 |
|
|
{
|
| 4012 |
|
|
/* Insertion sort is good enough for an eight-element array. */
|
| 4013 |
|
|
for (i = 1; i < n_ops; i++)
|
| 4014 |
|
|
{
|
| 4015 |
|
|
struct simplify_plus_minus_op_data save;
|
| 4016 |
|
|
j = i - 1;
|
| 4017 |
|
|
if (!simplify_plus_minus_op_data_cmp (ops[j].op, ops[i].op))
|
| 4018 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 4019 |
|
|
|
| 4020 |
|
|
canonicalized = 1;
|
| 4021 |
|
|
save = ops[i];
|
| 4022 |
|
|
do
|
| 4023 |
|
|
ops[j + 1] = ops[j];
|
| 4024 |
|
|
while (j-- && simplify_plus_minus_op_data_cmp (ops[j].op, save.op));
|
| 4025 |
|
|
ops[j + 1] = save;
|
| 4026 |
|
|
}
|
| 4027 |
|
|
|
| 4028 |
|
|
changed = 0;
|
| 4029 |
|
|
for (i = n_ops - 1; i > 0; i--)
|
| 4030 |
|
|
for (j = i - 1; j >= 0; j--)
|
| 4031 |
|
|
{
|
| 4032 |
|
|
rtx lhs = ops[j].op, rhs = ops[i].op;
|
| 4033 |
|
|
int lneg = ops[j].neg, rneg = ops[i].neg;
|
| 4034 |
|
|
|
| 4035 |
|
|
if (lhs != 0 && rhs != 0)
|
| 4036 |
|
|
{
|
| 4037 |
|
|
enum rtx_code ncode = PLUS;
|
| 4038 |
|
|
|
| 4039 |
|
|
if (lneg != rneg)
|
| 4040 |
|
|
{
|
| 4041 |
|
|
ncode = MINUS;
|
| 4042 |
|
|
if (lneg)
|
| 4043 |
|
|
tem = lhs, lhs = rhs, rhs = tem;
|
| 4044 |
|
|
}
|
| 4045 |
|
|
else if (swap_commutative_operands_p (lhs, rhs))
|
| 4046 |
|
|
tem = lhs, lhs = rhs, rhs = tem;
|
| 4047 |
|
|
|
| 4048 |
|
|
if ((GET_CODE (lhs) == CONST || CONST_INT_P (lhs))
|
| 4049 |
|
|
&& (GET_CODE (rhs) == CONST || CONST_INT_P (rhs)))
|
| 4050 |
|
|
{
|
| 4051 |
|
|
rtx tem_lhs, tem_rhs;
|
| 4052 |
|
|
|
| 4053 |
|
|
tem_lhs = GET_CODE (lhs) == CONST ? XEXP (lhs, 0) : lhs;
|
| 4054 |
|
|
tem_rhs = GET_CODE (rhs) == CONST ? XEXP (rhs, 0) : rhs;
|
| 4055 |
|
|
tem = simplify_binary_operation (ncode, mode, tem_lhs, tem_rhs);
|
| 4056 |
|
|
|
| 4057 |
|
|
if (tem && !CONSTANT_P (tem))
|
| 4058 |
|
|
tem = gen_rtx_CONST (GET_MODE (tem), tem);
|
| 4059 |
|
|
}
|
| 4060 |
|
|
else
|
| 4061 |
|
|
tem = simplify_binary_operation (ncode, mode, lhs, rhs);
|
| 4062 |
|
|
|
| 4063 |
|
|
/* Reject "simplifications" that just wrap the two
|
| 4064 |
|
|
arguments in a CONST. Failure to do so can result
|
| 4065 |
|
|
in infinite recursion with simplify_binary_operation
|
| 4066 |
|
|
when it calls us to simplify CONST operations. */
|
| 4067 |
|
|
if (tem
|
| 4068 |
|
|
&& ! (GET_CODE (tem) == CONST
|
| 4069 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == ncode
|
| 4070 |
|
|
&& XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 0) == lhs
|
| 4071 |
|
|
&& XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 1) == rhs))
|
| 4072 |
|
|
{
|
| 4073 |
|
|
lneg &= rneg;
|
| 4074 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (tem) == NEG)
|
| 4075 |
|
|
tem = XEXP (tem, 0), lneg = !lneg;
|
| 4076 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (tem) && lneg)
|
| 4077 |
|
|
tem = neg_const_int (mode, tem), lneg = 0;
|
| 4078 |
|
|
|
| 4079 |
|
|
ops[i].op = tem;
|
| 4080 |
|
|
ops[i].neg = lneg;
|
| 4081 |
|
|
ops[j].op = NULL_RTX;
|
| 4082 |
|
|
changed = 1;
|
| 4083 |
|
|
canonicalized = 1;
|
| 4084 |
|
|
}
|
| 4085 |
|
|
}
|
| 4086 |
|
|
}
|
| 4087 |
|
|
|
| 4088 |
|
|
/* If nothing changed, fail. */
|
| 4089 |
|
|
if (!canonicalized)
|
| 4090 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 4091 |
|
|
|
| 4092 |
|
|
/* Pack all the operands to the lower-numbered entries. */
|
| 4093 |
|
|
for (i = 0, j = 0; j < n_ops; j++)
|
| 4094 |
|
|
if (ops[j].op)
|
| 4095 |
|
|
{
|
| 4096 |
|
|
ops[i] = ops[j];
|
| 4097 |
|
|
i++;
|
| 4098 |
|
|
}
|
| 4099 |
|
|
n_ops = i;
|
| 4100 |
|
|
}
|
| 4101 |
|
|
while (changed);
|
| 4102 |
|
|
|
| 4103 |
|
|
/* Create (minus -C X) instead of (neg (const (plus X C))). */
|
| 4104 |
|
|
if (n_ops == 2
|
| 4105 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (ops[1].op)
|
| 4106 |
|
|
&& CONSTANT_P (ops[0].op)
|
| 4107 |
|
|
&& ops[0].neg)
|
| 4108 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (MINUS, mode, ops[1].op, ops[0].op);
|
| 4109 |
|
|
|
| 4110 |
|
|
/* We suppressed creation of trivial CONST expressions in the
|
| 4111 |
|
|
combination loop to avoid recursion. Create one manually now.
|
| 4112 |
|
|
The combination loop should have ensured that there is exactly
|
| 4113 |
|
|
one CONST_INT, and the sort will have ensured that it is last
|
| 4114 |
|
|
in the array and that any other constant will be next-to-last. */
|
| 4115 |
|
|
|
| 4116 |
|
|
if (n_ops > 1
|
| 4117 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (ops[n_ops - 1].op)
|
| 4118 |
|
|
&& CONSTANT_P (ops[n_ops - 2].op))
|
| 4119 |
|
|
{
|
| 4120 |
|
|
rtx value = ops[n_ops - 1].op;
|
| 4121 |
|
|
if (ops[n_ops - 1].neg ^ ops[n_ops - 2].neg)
|
| 4122 |
|
|
value = neg_const_int (mode, value);
|
| 4123 |
|
|
ops[n_ops - 2].op = plus_constant (ops[n_ops - 2].op, INTVAL (value));
|
| 4124 |
|
|
n_ops--;
|
| 4125 |
|
|
}
|
| 4126 |
|
|
|
| 4127 |
|
|
/* Put a non-negated operand first, if possible. */
|
| 4128 |
|
|
|
| 4129 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n_ops && ops[i].neg; i++)
|
| 4130 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 4131 |
|
|
if (i == n_ops)
|
| 4132 |
|
|
ops[0].op = gen_rtx_NEG (mode, ops[0].op);
|
| 4133 |
|
|
else if (i != 0)
|
| 4134 |
|
|
{
|
| 4135 |
|
|
tem = ops[0].op;
|
| 4136 |
|
|
ops[0] = ops[i];
|
| 4137 |
|
|
ops[i].op = tem;
|
| 4138 |
|
|
ops[i].neg = 1;
|
| 4139 |
|
|
}
|
| 4140 |
|
|
|
| 4141 |
|
|
/* Now make the result by performing the requested operations. */
|
| 4142 |
|
|
result = ops[0].op;
|
| 4143 |
|
|
for (i = 1; i < n_ops; i++)
|
| 4144 |
|
|
result = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (ops[i].neg ? MINUS : PLUS,
|
| 4145 |
|
|
mode, result, ops[i].op);
|
| 4146 |
|
|
|
| 4147 |
|
|
return result;
|
| 4148 |
|
|
}
|
| 4149 |
|
|
|
| 4150 |
|
|
/* Check whether an operand is suitable for calling simplify_plus_minus. */
|
| 4151 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 4152 |
|
|
plus_minus_operand_p (const_rtx x)
|
| 4153 |
|
|
{
|
| 4154 |
|
|
return GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
|
| 4155 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (x) == MINUS
|
| 4156 |
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (x) == CONST
|
| 4157 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
|
| 4158 |
|
|
&& CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0))
|
| 4159 |
|
|
&& CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)));
|
| 4160 |
|
|
}
|
| 4161 |
|
|
|
| 4162 |
|
|
/* Like simplify_binary_operation except used for relational operators.
|
| 4163 |
|
|
MODE is the mode of the result. If MODE is VOIDmode, both operands must
|
| 4164 |
|
|
not also be VOIDmode.
|
| 4165 |
|
|
|
| 4166 |
|
|
CMP_MODE specifies in which mode the comparison is done in, so it is
|
| 4167 |
|
|
the mode of the operands. If CMP_MODE is VOIDmode, it is taken from
|
| 4168 |
|
|
the operands or, if both are VOIDmode, the operands are compared in
|
| 4169 |
|
|
"infinite precision". */
|
| 4170 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 4171 |
|
|
simplify_relational_operation (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
| 4172 |
|
|
enum machine_mode cmp_mode, rtx op0, rtx op1)
|
| 4173 |
|
|
{
|
| 4174 |
|
|
rtx tem, trueop0, trueop1;
|
| 4175 |
|
|
|
| 4176 |
|
|
if (cmp_mode == VOIDmode)
|
| 4177 |
|
|
cmp_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
| 4178 |
|
|
if (cmp_mode == VOIDmode)
|
| 4179 |
|
|
cmp_mode = GET_MODE (op1);
|
| 4180 |
|
|
|
| 4181 |
|
|
tem = simplify_const_relational_operation (code, cmp_mode, op0, op1);
|
| 4182 |
|
|
if (tem)
|
| 4183 |
|
|
{
|
| 4184 |
|
|
if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
|
| 4185 |
|
|
{
|
| 4186 |
|
|
if (tem == const0_rtx)
|
| 4187 |
|
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
| 4188 |
|
|
#ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
|
| 4189 |
|
|
{
|
| 4190 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE val;
|
| 4191 |
|
|
val = FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (mode);
|
| 4192 |
|
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (val, mode);
|
| 4193 |
|
|
}
|
| 4194 |
|
|
#else
|
| 4195 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 4196 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 4197 |
|
|
}
|
| 4198 |
|
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode))
|
| 4199 |
|
|
{
|
| 4200 |
|
|
if (tem == const0_rtx)
|
| 4201 |
|
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
| 4202 |
|
|
#ifdef VECTOR_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
|
| 4203 |
|
|
{
|
| 4204 |
|
|
int i, units;
|
| 4205 |
|
|
rtvec v;
|
| 4206 |
|
|
|
| 4207 |
|
|
rtx val = VECTOR_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (mode);
|
| 4208 |
|
|
if (val == NULL_RTX)
|
| 4209 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 4210 |
|
|
if (val == const1_rtx)
|
| 4211 |
|
|
return CONST1_RTX (mode);
|
| 4212 |
|
|
|
| 4213 |
|
|
units = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
|
| 4214 |
|
|
v = rtvec_alloc (units);
|
| 4215 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < units; i++)
|
| 4216 |
|
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = val;
|
| 4217 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_raw_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
| 4218 |
|
|
}
|
| 4219 |
|
|
#else
|
| 4220 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 4221 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 4222 |
|
|
}
|
| 4223 |
|
|
|
| 4224 |
|
|
return tem;
|
| 4225 |
|
|
}
|
| 4226 |
|
|
|
| 4227 |
|
|
/* For the following tests, ensure const0_rtx is op1. */
|
| 4228 |
|
|
if (swap_commutative_operands_p (op0, op1)
|
| 4229 |
|
|
|| (op0 == const0_rtx && op1 != const0_rtx))
|
| 4230 |
|
|
tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem, code = swap_condition (code);
|
| 4231 |
|
|
|
| 4232 |
|
|
/* If op0 is a compare, extract the comparison arguments from it. */
|
| 4233 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == COMPARE && op1 == const0_rtx)
|
| 4234 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, VOIDmode,
|
| 4235 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op0, 1));
|
| 4236 |
|
|
|
| 4237 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (cmp_mode) == MODE_CC
|
| 4238 |
|
|
|| CC0_P (op0))
|
| 4239 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 4240 |
|
|
|
| 4241 |
|
|
trueop0 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op0);
|
| 4242 |
|
|
trueop1 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op1);
|
| 4243 |
|
|
return simplify_relational_operation_1 (code, mode, cmp_mode,
|
| 4244 |
|
|
trueop0, trueop1);
|
| 4245 |
|
|
}
|
| 4246 |
|
|
|
| 4247 |
|
|
/* This part of simplify_relational_operation is only used when CMP_MODE
|
| 4248 |
|
|
is not in class MODE_CC (i.e. it is a real comparison).
|
| 4249 |
|
|
|
| 4250 |
|
|
MODE is the mode of the result, while CMP_MODE specifies in which
|
| 4251 |
|
|
mode the comparison is done in, so it is the mode of the operands. */
|
| 4252 |
|
|
|
| 4253 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 4254 |
|
|
simplify_relational_operation_1 (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
| 4255 |
|
|
enum machine_mode cmp_mode, rtx op0, rtx op1)
|
| 4256 |
|
|
{
|
| 4257 |
|
|
enum rtx_code op0code = GET_CODE (op0);
|
| 4258 |
|
|
|
| 4259 |
|
|
if (op1 == const0_rtx && COMPARISON_P (op0))
|
| 4260 |
|
|
{
|
| 4261 |
|
|
/* If op0 is a comparison, extract the comparison arguments
|
| 4262 |
|
|
from it. */
|
| 4263 |
|
|
if (code == NE)
|
| 4264 |
|
|
{
|
| 4265 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode)
|
| 4266 |
|
|
return simplify_rtx (op0);
|
| 4267 |
|
|
else
|
| 4268 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (GET_CODE (op0), mode, VOIDmode,
|
| 4269 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op0, 1));
|
| 4270 |
|
|
}
|
| 4271 |
|
|
else if (code == EQ)
|
| 4272 |
|
|
{
|
| 4273 |
|
|
enum rtx_code new_code = reversed_comparison_code (op0, NULL_RTX);
|
| 4274 |
|
|
if (new_code != UNKNOWN)
|
| 4275 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (new_code, mode, VOIDmode,
|
| 4276 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op0, 1));
|
| 4277 |
|
|
}
|
| 4278 |
|
|
}
|
| 4279 |
|
|
|
| 4280 |
|
|
/* (LTU/GEU (PLUS a C) C), where C is constant, can be simplified to
|
| 4281 |
|
|
(GEU/LTU a -C). Likewise for (LTU/GEU (PLUS a C) a). */
|
| 4282 |
|
|
if ((code == LTU || code == GEU)
|
| 4283 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS
|
| 4284 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op0, 1))
|
| 4285 |
|
|
&& (rtx_equal_p (op1, XEXP (op0, 0))
|
| 4286 |
|
|
|| rtx_equal_p (op1, XEXP (op0, 1))))
|
| 4287 |
|
|
{
|
| 4288 |
|
|
rtx new_cmp
|
| 4289 |
|
|
= simplify_gen_unary (NEG, cmp_mode, XEXP (op0, 1), cmp_mode);
|
| 4290 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational ((code == LTU ? GEU : LTU), mode,
|
| 4291 |
|
|
cmp_mode, XEXP (op0, 0), new_cmp);
|
| 4292 |
|
|
}
|
| 4293 |
|
|
|
| 4294 |
|
|
/* Canonicalize (LTU/GEU (PLUS a b) b) as (LTU/GEU (PLUS a b) a). */
|
| 4295 |
|
|
if ((code == LTU || code == GEU)
|
| 4296 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS
|
| 4297 |
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (op1, XEXP (op0, 1))
|
| 4298 |
|
|
/* Don't recurse "infinitely" for (LTU/GEU (PLUS b b) b). */
|
| 4299 |
|
|
&& !rtx_equal_p (op1, XEXP (op0, 0)))
|
| 4300 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, cmp_mode, op0,
|
| 4301 |
|
|
copy_rtx (XEXP (op0, 0)));
|
| 4302 |
|
|
|
| 4303 |
|
|
if (op1 == const0_rtx)
|
| 4304 |
|
|
{
|
| 4305 |
|
|
/* Canonicalize (GTU x 0) as (NE x 0). */
|
| 4306 |
|
|
if (code == GTU)
|
| 4307 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (NE, mode, cmp_mode, op0, op1);
|
| 4308 |
|
|
/* Canonicalize (LEU x 0) as (EQ x 0). */
|
| 4309 |
|
|
if (code == LEU)
|
| 4310 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (EQ, mode, cmp_mode, op0, op1);
|
| 4311 |
|
|
}
|
| 4312 |
|
|
else if (op1 == const1_rtx)
|
| 4313 |
|
|
{
|
| 4314 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 4315 |
|
|
{
|
| 4316 |
|
|
case GE:
|
| 4317 |
|
|
/* Canonicalize (GE x 1) as (GT x 0). */
|
| 4318 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (GT, mode, cmp_mode,
|
| 4319 |
|
|
op0, const0_rtx);
|
| 4320 |
|
|
case GEU:
|
| 4321 |
|
|
/* Canonicalize (GEU x 1) as (NE x 0). */
|
| 4322 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (NE, mode, cmp_mode,
|
| 4323 |
|
|
op0, const0_rtx);
|
| 4324 |
|
|
case LT:
|
| 4325 |
|
|
/* Canonicalize (LT x 1) as (LE x 0). */
|
| 4326 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (LE, mode, cmp_mode,
|
| 4327 |
|
|
op0, const0_rtx);
|
| 4328 |
|
|
case LTU:
|
| 4329 |
|
|
/* Canonicalize (LTU x 1) as (EQ x 0). */
|
| 4330 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (EQ, mode, cmp_mode,
|
| 4331 |
|
|
op0, const0_rtx);
|
| 4332 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4333 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4334 |
|
|
}
|
| 4335 |
|
|
}
|
| 4336 |
|
|
else if (op1 == constm1_rtx)
|
| 4337 |
|
|
{
|
| 4338 |
|
|
/* Canonicalize (LE x -1) as (LT x 0). */
|
| 4339 |
|
|
if (code == LE)
|
| 4340 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (LT, mode, cmp_mode, op0, const0_rtx);
|
| 4341 |
|
|
/* Canonicalize (GT x -1) as (GE x 0). */
|
| 4342 |
|
|
if (code == GT)
|
| 4343 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (GE, mode, cmp_mode, op0, const0_rtx);
|
| 4344 |
|
|
}
|
| 4345 |
|
|
|
| 4346 |
|
|
/* (eq/ne (plus x cst1) cst2) simplifies to (eq/ne x (cst2 - cst1)) */
|
| 4347 |
|
|
if ((code == EQ || code == NE)
|
| 4348 |
|
|
&& (op0code == PLUS || op0code == MINUS)
|
| 4349 |
|
|
&& CONSTANT_P (op1)
|
| 4350 |
|
|
&& CONSTANT_P (XEXP (op0, 1))
|
| 4351 |
|
|
&& (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (cmp_mode) || flag_unsafe_math_optimizations))
|
| 4352 |
|
|
{
|
| 4353 |
|
|
rtx x = XEXP (op0, 0);
|
| 4354 |
|
|
rtx c = XEXP (op0, 1);
|
| 4355 |
|
|
enum rtx_code invcode = op0code == PLUS ? MINUS : PLUS;
|
| 4356 |
|
|
rtx tem = simplify_gen_binary (invcode, cmp_mode, op1, c);
|
| 4357 |
|
|
|
| 4358 |
|
|
/* Detect an infinite recursive condition, where we oscillate at this
|
| 4359 |
|
|
simplification case between:
|
| 4360 |
|
|
A + B == C <---> C - B == A,
|
| 4361 |
|
|
where A, B, and C are all constants with non-simplifiable expressions,
|
| 4362 |
|
|
usually SYMBOL_REFs. */
|
| 4363 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (tem) == invcode
|
| 4364 |
|
|
&& CONSTANT_P (x)
|
| 4365 |
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (c, XEXP (tem, 1)))
|
| 4366 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 4367 |
|
|
|
| 4368 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, cmp_mode, x, tem);
|
| 4369 |
|
|
}
|
| 4370 |
|
|
|
| 4371 |
|
|
/* (ne:SI (zero_extract:SI FOO (const_int 1) BAR) (const_int 0))) is
|
| 4372 |
|
|
the same as (zero_extract:SI FOO (const_int 1) BAR). */
|
| 4373 |
|
|
if (code == NE
|
| 4374 |
|
|
&& op1 == const0_rtx
|
| 4375 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
|
| 4376 |
|
|
&& cmp_mode != VOIDmode
|
| 4377 |
|
|
/* ??? Work-around BImode bugs in the ia64 backend. */
|
| 4378 |
|
|
&& mode != BImode
|
| 4379 |
|
|
&& cmp_mode != BImode
|
| 4380 |
|
|
&& nonzero_bits (op0, cmp_mode) == 1
|
| 4381 |
|
|
&& STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1)
|
| 4382 |
|
|
return GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (cmp_mode)
|
| 4383 |
|
|
? simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, op0, cmp_mode)
|
| 4384 |
|
|
: lowpart_subreg (mode, op0, cmp_mode);
|
| 4385 |
|
|
|
| 4386 |
|
|
/* (eq/ne (xor x y) 0) simplifies to (eq/ne x y). */
|
| 4387 |
|
|
if ((code == EQ || code == NE)
|
| 4388 |
|
|
&& op1 == const0_rtx
|
| 4389 |
|
|
&& op0code == XOR)
|
| 4390 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, cmp_mode,
|
| 4391 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op0, 1));
|
| 4392 |
|
|
|
| 4393 |
|
|
/* (eq/ne (xor x y) x) simplifies to (eq/ne y 0). */
|
| 4394 |
|
|
if ((code == EQ || code == NE)
|
| 4395 |
|
|
&& op0code == XOR
|
| 4396 |
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
| 4397 |
|
|
&& !side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 0)))
|
| 4398 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, cmp_mode,
|
| 4399 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 1), const0_rtx);
|
| 4400 |
|
|
|
| 4401 |
|
|
/* Likewise (eq/ne (xor x y) y) simplifies to (eq/ne x 0). */
|
| 4402 |
|
|
if ((code == EQ || code == NE)
|
| 4403 |
|
|
&& op0code == XOR
|
| 4404 |
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1)
|
| 4405 |
|
|
&& !side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 1)))
|
| 4406 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, cmp_mode,
|
| 4407 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 0), const0_rtx);
|
| 4408 |
|
|
|
| 4409 |
|
|
/* (eq/ne (xor x C1) C2) simplifies to (eq/ne x (C1^C2)). */
|
| 4410 |
|
|
if ((code == EQ || code == NE)
|
| 4411 |
|
|
&& op0code == XOR
|
| 4412 |
|
|
&& (CONST_INT_P (op1)
|
| 4413 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
| 4414 |
|
|
&& (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op0, 1))
|
| 4415 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_DOUBLE))
|
| 4416 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, cmp_mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
|
| 4417 |
|
|
simplify_gen_binary (XOR, cmp_mode,
|
| 4418 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 1), op1));
|
| 4419 |
|
|
|
| 4420 |
|
|
if (op0code == POPCOUNT && op1 == const0_rtx)
|
| 4421 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 4422 |
|
|
{
|
| 4423 |
|
|
case EQ:
|
| 4424 |
|
|
case LE:
|
| 4425 |
|
|
case LEU:
|
| 4426 |
|
|
/* (eq (popcount x) (const_int 0)) -> (eq x (const_int 0)). */
|
| 4427 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (EQ, mode, GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0)),
|
| 4428 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 0), const0_rtx);
|
| 4429 |
|
|
|
| 4430 |
|
|
case NE:
|
| 4431 |
|
|
case GT:
|
| 4432 |
|
|
case GTU:
|
| 4433 |
|
|
/* (ne (popcount x) (const_int 0)) -> (ne x (const_int 0)). */
|
| 4434 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (NE, mode, GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0)),
|
| 4435 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 0), const0_rtx);
|
| 4436 |
|
|
|
| 4437 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4438 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4439 |
|
|
}
|
| 4440 |
|
|
|
| 4441 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 4442 |
|
|
}
|
| 4443 |
|
|
|
| 4444 |
|
|
enum
|
| 4445 |
|
|
{
|
| 4446 |
|
|
CMP_EQ = 1,
|
| 4447 |
|
|
CMP_LT = 2,
|
| 4448 |
|
|
CMP_GT = 4,
|
| 4449 |
|
|
CMP_LTU = 8,
|
| 4450 |
|
|
CMP_GTU = 16
|
| 4451 |
|
|
};
|
| 4452 |
|
|
|
| 4453 |
|
|
|
| 4454 |
|
|
/* Convert the known results for EQ, LT, GT, LTU, GTU contained in
|
| 4455 |
|
|
KNOWN_RESULT to a CONST_INT, based on the requested comparison CODE
|
| 4456 |
|
|
For KNOWN_RESULT to make sense it should be either CMP_EQ, or the
|
| 4457 |
|
|
logical OR of one of (CMP_LT, CMP_GT) and one of (CMP_LTU, CMP_GTU).
|
| 4458 |
|
|
For floating-point comparisons, assume that the operands were ordered. */
|
| 4459 |
|
|
|
| 4460 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 4461 |
|
|
comparison_result (enum rtx_code code, int known_results)
|
| 4462 |
|
|
{
|
| 4463 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 4464 |
|
|
{
|
| 4465 |
|
|
case EQ:
|
| 4466 |
|
|
case UNEQ:
|
| 4467 |
|
|
return (known_results & CMP_EQ) ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
| 4468 |
|
|
case NE:
|
| 4469 |
|
|
case LTGT:
|
| 4470 |
|
|
return (known_results & CMP_EQ) ? const0_rtx : const_true_rtx;
|
| 4471 |
|
|
|
| 4472 |
|
|
case LT:
|
| 4473 |
|
|
case UNLT:
|
| 4474 |
|
|
return (known_results & CMP_LT) ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
| 4475 |
|
|
case GE:
|
| 4476 |
|
|
case UNGE:
|
| 4477 |
|
|
return (known_results & CMP_LT) ? const0_rtx : const_true_rtx;
|
| 4478 |
|
|
|
| 4479 |
|
|
case GT:
|
| 4480 |
|
|
case UNGT:
|
| 4481 |
|
|
return (known_results & CMP_GT) ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
| 4482 |
|
|
case LE:
|
| 4483 |
|
|
case UNLE:
|
| 4484 |
|
|
return (known_results & CMP_GT) ? const0_rtx : const_true_rtx;
|
| 4485 |
|
|
|
| 4486 |
|
|
case LTU:
|
| 4487 |
|
|
return (known_results & CMP_LTU) ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
| 4488 |
|
|
case GEU:
|
| 4489 |
|
|
return (known_results & CMP_LTU) ? const0_rtx : const_true_rtx;
|
| 4490 |
|
|
|
| 4491 |
|
|
case GTU:
|
| 4492 |
|
|
return (known_results & CMP_GTU) ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
| 4493 |
|
|
case LEU:
|
| 4494 |
|
|
return (known_results & CMP_GTU) ? const0_rtx : const_true_rtx;
|
| 4495 |
|
|
|
| 4496 |
|
|
case ORDERED:
|
| 4497 |
|
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
| 4498 |
|
|
case UNORDERED:
|
| 4499 |
|
|
return const0_rtx;
|
| 4500 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4501 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 4502 |
|
|
}
|
| 4503 |
|
|
}
|
| 4504 |
|
|
|
| 4505 |
|
|
/* Check if the given comparison (done in the given MODE) is actually a
|
| 4506 |
|
|
tautology or a contradiction.
|
| 4507 |
|
|
If no simplification is possible, this function returns zero.
|
| 4508 |
|
|
Otherwise, it returns either const_true_rtx or const0_rtx. */
|
| 4509 |
|
|
|
| 4510 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 4511 |
|
|
simplify_const_relational_operation (enum rtx_code code,
|
| 4512 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode,
|
| 4513 |
|
|
rtx op0, rtx op1)
|
| 4514 |
|
|
{
|
| 4515 |
|
|
rtx tem;
|
| 4516 |
|
|
rtx trueop0;
|
| 4517 |
|
|
rtx trueop1;
|
| 4518 |
|
|
|
| 4519 |
|
|
gcc_assert (mode != VOIDmode
|
| 4520 |
|
|
|| (GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode
|
| 4521 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (op1) == VOIDmode));
|
| 4522 |
|
|
|
| 4523 |
|
|
/* If op0 is a compare, extract the comparison arguments from it. */
|
| 4524 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == COMPARE && op1 == const0_rtx)
|
| 4525 |
|
|
{
|
| 4526 |
|
|
op1 = XEXP (op0, 1);
|
| 4527 |
|
|
op0 = XEXP (op0, 0);
|
| 4528 |
|
|
|
| 4529 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode)
|
| 4530 |
|
|
mode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
| 4531 |
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (op1) != VOIDmode)
|
| 4532 |
|
|
mode = GET_MODE (op1);
|
| 4533 |
|
|
else
|
| 4534 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 4535 |
|
|
}
|
| 4536 |
|
|
|
| 4537 |
|
|
/* We can't simplify MODE_CC values since we don't know what the
|
| 4538 |
|
|
actual comparison is. */
|
| 4539 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_CC || CC0_P (op0))
|
| 4540 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 4541 |
|
|
|
| 4542 |
|
|
/* Make sure the constant is second. */
|
| 4543 |
|
|
if (swap_commutative_operands_p (op0, op1))
|
| 4544 |
|
|
{
|
| 4545 |
|
|
tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem;
|
| 4546 |
|
|
code = swap_condition (code);
|
| 4547 |
|
|
}
|
| 4548 |
|
|
|
| 4549 |
|
|
trueop0 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op0);
|
| 4550 |
|
|
trueop1 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op1);
|
| 4551 |
|
|
|
| 4552 |
|
|
/* For integer comparisons of A and B maybe we can simplify A - B and can
|
| 4553 |
|
|
then simplify a comparison of that with zero. If A and B are both either
|
| 4554 |
|
|
a register or a CONST_INT, this can't help; testing for these cases will
|
| 4555 |
|
|
prevent infinite recursion here and speed things up.
|
| 4556 |
|
|
|
| 4557 |
|
|
We can only do this for EQ and NE comparisons as otherwise we may
|
| 4558 |
|
|
lose or introduce overflow which we cannot disregard as undefined as
|
| 4559 |
|
|
we do not know the signedness of the operation on either the left or
|
| 4560 |
|
|
the right hand side of the comparison. */
|
| 4561 |
|
|
|
| 4562 |
|
|
if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode) && trueop1 != const0_rtx
|
| 4563 |
|
|
&& (code == EQ || code == NE)
|
| 4564 |
|
|
&& ! ((REG_P (op0) || CONST_INT_P (trueop0))
|
| 4565 |
|
|
&& (REG_P (op1) || CONST_INT_P (trueop1)))
|
| 4566 |
|
|
&& 0 != (tem = simplify_binary_operation (MINUS, mode, op0, op1))
|
| 4567 |
|
|
/* We cannot do this if tem is a nonzero address. */
|
| 4568 |
|
|
&& ! nonzero_address_p (tem))
|
| 4569 |
|
|
return simplify_const_relational_operation (signed_condition (code),
|
| 4570 |
|
|
mode, tem, const0_rtx);
|
| 4571 |
|
|
|
| 4572 |
|
|
if (! HONOR_NANS (mode) && code == ORDERED)
|
| 4573 |
|
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
| 4574 |
|
|
|
| 4575 |
|
|
if (! HONOR_NANS (mode) && code == UNORDERED)
|
| 4576 |
|
|
return const0_rtx;
|
| 4577 |
|
|
|
| 4578 |
|
|
/* For modes without NaNs, if the two operands are equal, we know the
|
| 4579 |
|
|
result except if they have side-effects. Even with NaNs we know
|
| 4580 |
|
|
the result of unordered comparisons and, if signaling NaNs are
|
| 4581 |
|
|
irrelevant, also the result of LT/GT/LTGT. */
|
| 4582 |
|
|
if ((! HONOR_NANS (GET_MODE (trueop0))
|
| 4583 |
|
|
|| code == UNEQ || code == UNLE || code == UNGE
|
| 4584 |
|
|
|| ((code == LT || code == GT || code == LTGT)
|
| 4585 |
|
|
&& ! HONOR_SNANS (GET_MODE (trueop0))))
|
| 4586 |
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1)
|
| 4587 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (trueop0))
|
| 4588 |
|
|
return comparison_result (code, CMP_EQ);
|
| 4589 |
|
|
|
| 4590 |
|
|
/* If the operands are floating-point constants, see if we can fold
|
| 4591 |
|
|
the result. */
|
| 4592 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
| 4593 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
| 4594 |
|
|
&& SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (trueop0)))
|
| 4595 |
|
|
{
|
| 4596 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE d0, d1;
|
| 4597 |
|
|
|
| 4598 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d0, trueop0);
|
| 4599 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d1, trueop1);
|
| 4600 |
|
|
|
| 4601 |
|
|
/* Comparisons are unordered iff at least one of the values is NaN. */
|
| 4602 |
|
|
if (REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (d0) || REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (d1))
|
| 4603 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 4604 |
|
|
{
|
| 4605 |
|
|
case UNEQ:
|
| 4606 |
|
|
case UNLT:
|
| 4607 |
|
|
case UNGT:
|
| 4608 |
|
|
case UNLE:
|
| 4609 |
|
|
case UNGE:
|
| 4610 |
|
|
case NE:
|
| 4611 |
|
|
case UNORDERED:
|
| 4612 |
|
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
| 4613 |
|
|
case EQ:
|
| 4614 |
|
|
case LT:
|
| 4615 |
|
|
case GT:
|
| 4616 |
|
|
case LE:
|
| 4617 |
|
|
case GE:
|
| 4618 |
|
|
case LTGT:
|
| 4619 |
|
|
case ORDERED:
|
| 4620 |
|
|
return const0_rtx;
|
| 4621 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4622 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 4623 |
|
|
}
|
| 4624 |
|
|
|
| 4625 |
|
|
return comparison_result (code,
|
| 4626 |
|
|
(REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (d0, d1) ? CMP_EQ :
|
| 4627 |
|
|
REAL_VALUES_LESS (d0, d1) ? CMP_LT : CMP_GT));
|
| 4628 |
|
|
}
|
| 4629 |
|
|
|
| 4630 |
|
|
/* Otherwise, see if the operands are both integers. */
|
| 4631 |
|
|
if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT || mode == VOIDmode)
|
| 4632 |
|
|
&& (GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
| 4633 |
|
|
|| CONST_INT_P (trueop0))
|
| 4634 |
|
|
&& (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
| 4635 |
|
|
|| CONST_INT_P (trueop1)))
|
| 4636 |
|
|
{
|
| 4637 |
|
|
int width = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode);
|
| 4638 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT l0s, h0s, l1s, h1s;
|
| 4639 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT l0u, h0u, l1u, h1u;
|
| 4640 |
|
|
|
| 4641 |
|
|
/* Get the two words comprising each integer constant. */
|
| 4642 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
| 4643 |
|
|
{
|
| 4644 |
|
|
l0u = l0s = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (trueop0);
|
| 4645 |
|
|
h0u = h0s = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (trueop0);
|
| 4646 |
|
|
}
|
| 4647 |
|
|
else
|
| 4648 |
|
|
{
|
| 4649 |
|
|
l0u = l0s = INTVAL (trueop0);
|
| 4650 |
|
|
h0u = h0s = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (l0s);
|
| 4651 |
|
|
}
|
| 4652 |
|
|
|
| 4653 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
| 4654 |
|
|
{
|
| 4655 |
|
|
l1u = l1s = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (trueop1);
|
| 4656 |
|
|
h1u = h1s = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (trueop1);
|
| 4657 |
|
|
}
|
| 4658 |
|
|
else
|
| 4659 |
|
|
{
|
| 4660 |
|
|
l1u = l1s = INTVAL (trueop1);
|
| 4661 |
|
|
h1u = h1s = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (l1s);
|
| 4662 |
|
|
}
|
| 4663 |
|
|
|
| 4664 |
|
|
/* If WIDTH is nonzero and smaller than HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT,
|
| 4665 |
|
|
we have to sign or zero-extend the values. */
|
| 4666 |
|
|
if (width != 0 && width < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 4667 |
|
|
{
|
| 4668 |
|
|
l0u &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
| 4669 |
|
|
l1u &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
| 4670 |
|
|
|
| 4671 |
|
|
if (val_signbit_known_set_p (mode, l0s))
|
| 4672 |
|
|
l0s |= ~GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
| 4673 |
|
|
|
| 4674 |
|
|
if (val_signbit_known_set_p (mode, l1s))
|
| 4675 |
|
|
l1s |= ~GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
| 4676 |
|
|
}
|
| 4677 |
|
|
if (width != 0 && width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 4678 |
|
|
h0u = h1u = 0, h0s = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (l0s), h1s = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (l1s);
|
| 4679 |
|
|
|
| 4680 |
|
|
if (h0u == h1u && l0u == l1u)
|
| 4681 |
|
|
return comparison_result (code, CMP_EQ);
|
| 4682 |
|
|
else
|
| 4683 |
|
|
{
|
| 4684 |
|
|
int cr;
|
| 4685 |
|
|
cr = (h0s < h1s || (h0s == h1s && l0u < l1u)) ? CMP_LT : CMP_GT;
|
| 4686 |
|
|
cr |= (h0u < h1u || (h0u == h1u && l0u < l1u)) ? CMP_LTU : CMP_GTU;
|
| 4687 |
|
|
return comparison_result (code, cr);
|
| 4688 |
|
|
}
|
| 4689 |
|
|
}
|
| 4690 |
|
|
|
| 4691 |
|
|
/* Optimize comparisons with upper and lower bounds. */
|
| 4692 |
|
|
if (HWI_COMPUTABLE_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 4693 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (trueop1))
|
| 4694 |
|
|
{
|
| 4695 |
|
|
int sign;
|
| 4696 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nonzero = nonzero_bits (trueop0, mode);
|
| 4697 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (trueop1);
|
| 4698 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT mmin, mmax;
|
| 4699 |
|
|
|
| 4700 |
|
|
if (code == GEU
|
| 4701 |
|
|
|| code == LEU
|
| 4702 |
|
|
|| code == GTU
|
| 4703 |
|
|
|| code == LTU)
|
| 4704 |
|
|
sign = 0;
|
| 4705 |
|
|
else
|
| 4706 |
|
|
sign = 1;
|
| 4707 |
|
|
|
| 4708 |
|
|
/* Get a reduced range if the sign bit is zero. */
|
| 4709 |
|
|
if (nonzero <= (GET_MODE_MASK (mode) >> 1))
|
| 4710 |
|
|
{
|
| 4711 |
|
|
mmin = 0;
|
| 4712 |
|
|
mmax = nonzero;
|
| 4713 |
|
|
}
|
| 4714 |
|
|
else
|
| 4715 |
|
|
{
|
| 4716 |
|
|
rtx mmin_rtx, mmax_rtx;
|
| 4717 |
|
|
get_mode_bounds (mode, sign, mode, &mmin_rtx, &mmax_rtx);
|
| 4718 |
|
|
|
| 4719 |
|
|
mmin = INTVAL (mmin_rtx);
|
| 4720 |
|
|
mmax = INTVAL (mmax_rtx);
|
| 4721 |
|
|
if (sign)
|
| 4722 |
|
|
{
|
| 4723 |
|
|
unsigned int sign_copies = num_sign_bit_copies (trueop0, mode);
|
| 4724 |
|
|
|
| 4725 |
|
|
mmin >>= (sign_copies - 1);
|
| 4726 |
|
|
mmax >>= (sign_copies - 1);
|
| 4727 |
|
|
}
|
| 4728 |
|
|
}
|
| 4729 |
|
|
|
| 4730 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 4731 |
|
|
{
|
| 4732 |
|
|
/* x >= y is always true for y <= mmin, always false for y > mmax. */
|
| 4733 |
|
|
case GEU:
|
| 4734 |
|
|
if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val <= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) mmin)
|
| 4735 |
|
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
| 4736 |
|
|
if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val > (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) mmax)
|
| 4737 |
|
|
return const0_rtx;
|
| 4738 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4739 |
|
|
case GE:
|
| 4740 |
|
|
if (val <= mmin)
|
| 4741 |
|
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
| 4742 |
|
|
if (val > mmax)
|
| 4743 |
|
|
return const0_rtx;
|
| 4744 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4745 |
|
|
|
| 4746 |
|
|
/* x <= y is always true for y >= mmax, always false for y < mmin. */
|
| 4747 |
|
|
case LEU:
|
| 4748 |
|
|
if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val >= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) mmax)
|
| 4749 |
|
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
| 4750 |
|
|
if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val < (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) mmin)
|
| 4751 |
|
|
return const0_rtx;
|
| 4752 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4753 |
|
|
case LE:
|
| 4754 |
|
|
if (val >= mmax)
|
| 4755 |
|
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
| 4756 |
|
|
if (val < mmin)
|
| 4757 |
|
|
return const0_rtx;
|
| 4758 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4759 |
|
|
|
| 4760 |
|
|
case EQ:
|
| 4761 |
|
|
/* x == y is always false for y out of range. */
|
| 4762 |
|
|
if (val < mmin || val > mmax)
|
| 4763 |
|
|
return const0_rtx;
|
| 4764 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4765 |
|
|
|
| 4766 |
|
|
/* x > y is always false for y >= mmax, always true for y < mmin. */
|
| 4767 |
|
|
case GTU:
|
| 4768 |
|
|
if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val >= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) mmax)
|
| 4769 |
|
|
return const0_rtx;
|
| 4770 |
|
|
if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val < (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) mmin)
|
| 4771 |
|
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
| 4772 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4773 |
|
|
case GT:
|
| 4774 |
|
|
if (val >= mmax)
|
| 4775 |
|
|
return const0_rtx;
|
| 4776 |
|
|
if (val < mmin)
|
| 4777 |
|
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
| 4778 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4779 |
|
|
|
| 4780 |
|
|
/* x < y is always false for y <= mmin, always true for y > mmax. */
|
| 4781 |
|
|
case LTU:
|
| 4782 |
|
|
if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val <= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) mmin)
|
| 4783 |
|
|
return const0_rtx;
|
| 4784 |
|
|
if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val > (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) mmax)
|
| 4785 |
|
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
| 4786 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4787 |
|
|
case LT:
|
| 4788 |
|
|
if (val <= mmin)
|
| 4789 |
|
|
return const0_rtx;
|
| 4790 |
|
|
if (val > mmax)
|
| 4791 |
|
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
| 4792 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4793 |
|
|
|
| 4794 |
|
|
case NE:
|
| 4795 |
|
|
/* x != y is always true for y out of range. */
|
| 4796 |
|
|
if (val < mmin || val > mmax)
|
| 4797 |
|
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
| 4798 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4799 |
|
|
|
| 4800 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4801 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4802 |
|
|
}
|
| 4803 |
|
|
}
|
| 4804 |
|
|
|
| 4805 |
|
|
/* Optimize integer comparisons with zero. */
|
| 4806 |
|
|
if (trueop1 == const0_rtx)
|
| 4807 |
|
|
{
|
| 4808 |
|
|
/* Some addresses are known to be nonzero. We don't know
|
| 4809 |
|
|
their sign, but equality comparisons are known. */
|
| 4810 |
|
|
if (nonzero_address_p (trueop0))
|
| 4811 |
|
|
{
|
| 4812 |
|
|
if (code == EQ || code == LEU)
|
| 4813 |
|
|
return const0_rtx;
|
| 4814 |
|
|
if (code == NE || code == GTU)
|
| 4815 |
|
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
| 4816 |
|
|
}
|
| 4817 |
|
|
|
| 4818 |
|
|
/* See if the first operand is an IOR with a constant. If so, we
|
| 4819 |
|
|
may be able to determine the result of this comparison. */
|
| 4820 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == IOR)
|
| 4821 |
|
|
{
|
| 4822 |
|
|
rtx inner_const = avoid_constant_pool_reference (XEXP (op0, 1));
|
| 4823 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (inner_const) && inner_const != const0_rtx)
|
| 4824 |
|
|
{
|
| 4825 |
|
|
int sign_bitnum = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode) - 1;
|
| 4826 |
|
|
int has_sign = (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= sign_bitnum
|
| 4827 |
|
|
&& (UINTVAL (inner_const)
|
| 4828 |
|
|
& ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
|
| 4829 |
|
|
<< sign_bitnum)));
|
| 4830 |
|
|
|
| 4831 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 4832 |
|
|
{
|
| 4833 |
|
|
case EQ:
|
| 4834 |
|
|
case LEU:
|
| 4835 |
|
|
return const0_rtx;
|
| 4836 |
|
|
case NE:
|
| 4837 |
|
|
case GTU:
|
| 4838 |
|
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
| 4839 |
|
|
case LT:
|
| 4840 |
|
|
case LE:
|
| 4841 |
|
|
if (has_sign)
|
| 4842 |
|
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
| 4843 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4844 |
|
|
case GT:
|
| 4845 |
|
|
case GE:
|
| 4846 |
|
|
if (has_sign)
|
| 4847 |
|
|
return const0_rtx;
|
| 4848 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4849 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4850 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4851 |
|
|
}
|
| 4852 |
|
|
}
|
| 4853 |
|
|
}
|
| 4854 |
|
|
}
|
| 4855 |
|
|
|
| 4856 |
|
|
/* Optimize comparison of ABS with zero. */
|
| 4857 |
|
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode)
|
| 4858 |
|
|
&& (GET_CODE (trueop0) == ABS
|
| 4859 |
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (trueop0) == FLOAT_EXTEND
|
| 4860 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (trueop0, 0)) == ABS)))
|
| 4861 |
|
|
{
|
| 4862 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 4863 |
|
|
{
|
| 4864 |
|
|
case LT:
|
| 4865 |
|
|
/* Optimize abs(x) < 0.0. */
|
| 4866 |
|
|
if (!HONOR_SNANS (mode)
|
| 4867 |
|
|
&& (!INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 4868 |
|
|
|| (!flag_wrapv && !flag_trapv && flag_strict_overflow)))
|
| 4869 |
|
|
{
|
| 4870 |
|
|
if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 4871 |
|
|
&& (issue_strict_overflow_warning
|
| 4872 |
|
|
(WARN_STRICT_OVERFLOW_CONDITIONAL)))
|
| 4873 |
|
|
warning (OPT_Wstrict_overflow,
|
| 4874 |
|
|
("assuming signed overflow does not occur when "
|
| 4875 |
|
|
"assuming abs (x) < 0 is false"));
|
| 4876 |
|
|
return const0_rtx;
|
| 4877 |
|
|
}
|
| 4878 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4879 |
|
|
|
| 4880 |
|
|
case GE:
|
| 4881 |
|
|
/* Optimize abs(x) >= 0.0. */
|
| 4882 |
|
|
if (!HONOR_NANS (mode)
|
| 4883 |
|
|
&& (!INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 4884 |
|
|
|| (!flag_wrapv && !flag_trapv && flag_strict_overflow)))
|
| 4885 |
|
|
{
|
| 4886 |
|
|
if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
|
| 4887 |
|
|
&& (issue_strict_overflow_warning
|
| 4888 |
|
|
(WARN_STRICT_OVERFLOW_CONDITIONAL)))
|
| 4889 |
|
|
warning (OPT_Wstrict_overflow,
|
| 4890 |
|
|
("assuming signed overflow does not occur when "
|
| 4891 |
|
|
"assuming abs (x) >= 0 is true"));
|
| 4892 |
|
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
| 4893 |
|
|
}
|
| 4894 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4895 |
|
|
|
| 4896 |
|
|
case UNGE:
|
| 4897 |
|
|
/* Optimize ! (abs(x) < 0.0). */
|
| 4898 |
|
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
| 4899 |
|
|
|
| 4900 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4901 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4902 |
|
|
}
|
| 4903 |
|
|
}
|
| 4904 |
|
|
|
| 4905 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 4906 |
|
|
}
|
| 4907 |
|
|
|
| 4908 |
|
|
/* Simplify CODE, an operation with result mode MODE and three operands,
|
| 4909 |
|
|
OP0, OP1, and OP2. OP0_MODE was the mode of OP0 before it became
|
| 4910 |
|
|
a constant. Return 0 if no simplifications is possible. */
|
| 4911 |
|
|
|
| 4912 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 4913 |
|
|
simplify_ternary_operation (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
| 4914 |
|
|
enum machine_mode op0_mode, rtx op0, rtx op1,
|
| 4915 |
|
|
rtx op2)
|
| 4916 |
|
|
{
|
| 4917 |
|
|
unsigned int width = GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode);
|
| 4918 |
|
|
bool any_change = false;
|
| 4919 |
|
|
rtx tem;
|
| 4920 |
|
|
|
| 4921 |
|
|
/* VOIDmode means "infinite" precision. */
|
| 4922 |
|
|
if (width == 0)
|
| 4923 |
|
|
width = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
|
| 4924 |
|
|
|
| 4925 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 4926 |
|
|
{
|
| 4927 |
|
|
case FMA:
|
| 4928 |
|
|
/* Simplify negations around the multiplication. */
|
| 4929 |
|
|
/* -a * -b + c => a * b + c. */
|
| 4930 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == NEG)
|
| 4931 |
|
|
{
|
| 4932 |
|
|
tem = simplify_unary_operation (NEG, mode, op1, mode);
|
| 4933 |
|
|
if (tem)
|
| 4934 |
|
|
op1 = tem, op0 = XEXP (op0, 0), any_change = true;
|
| 4935 |
|
|
}
|
| 4936 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (op1) == NEG)
|
| 4937 |
|
|
{
|
| 4938 |
|
|
tem = simplify_unary_operation (NEG, mode, op0, mode);
|
| 4939 |
|
|
if (tem)
|
| 4940 |
|
|
op0 = tem, op1 = XEXP (op1, 0), any_change = true;
|
| 4941 |
|
|
}
|
| 4942 |
|
|
|
| 4943 |
|
|
/* Canonicalize the two multiplication operands. */
|
| 4944 |
|
|
/* a * -b + c => -b * a + c. */
|
| 4945 |
|
|
if (swap_commutative_operands_p (op0, op1))
|
| 4946 |
|
|
tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem, any_change = true;
|
| 4947 |
|
|
|
| 4948 |
|
|
if (any_change)
|
| 4949 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_FMA (mode, op0, op1, op2);
|
| 4950 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 4951 |
|
|
|
| 4952 |
|
|
case SIGN_EXTRACT:
|
| 4953 |
|
|
case ZERO_EXTRACT:
|
| 4954 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (op0)
|
| 4955 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (op1)
|
| 4956 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (op2)
|
| 4957 |
|
|
&& ((unsigned) INTVAL (op1) + (unsigned) INTVAL (op2) <= width)
|
| 4958 |
|
|
&& width <= (unsigned) HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 4959 |
|
|
{
|
| 4960 |
|
|
/* Extracting a bit-field from a constant */
|
| 4961 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val = UINTVAL (op0);
|
| 4962 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT op1val = INTVAL (op1);
|
| 4963 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT op2val = INTVAL (op2);
|
| 4964 |
|
|
if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
| 4965 |
|
|
val >>= GET_MODE_PRECISION (op0_mode) - op2val - op1val;
|
| 4966 |
|
|
else
|
| 4967 |
|
|
val >>= op2val;
|
| 4968 |
|
|
|
| 4969 |
|
|
if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT != op1val)
|
| 4970 |
|
|
{
|
| 4971 |
|
|
/* First zero-extend. */
|
| 4972 |
|
|
val &= ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << op1val) - 1;
|
| 4973 |
|
|
/* If desired, propagate sign bit. */
|
| 4974 |
|
|
if (code == SIGN_EXTRACT
|
| 4975 |
|
|
&& (val & ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (op1val - 1)))
|
| 4976 |
|
|
!= 0)
|
| 4977 |
|
|
val |= ~ (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << op1val) - 1);
|
| 4978 |
|
|
}
|
| 4979 |
|
|
|
| 4980 |
|
|
return gen_int_mode (val, mode);
|
| 4981 |
|
|
}
|
| 4982 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4983 |
|
|
|
| 4984 |
|
|
case IF_THEN_ELSE:
|
| 4985 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (op0))
|
| 4986 |
|
|
return op0 != const0_rtx ? op1 : op2;
|
| 4987 |
|
|
|
| 4988 |
|
|
/* Convert c ? a : a into "a". */
|
| 4989 |
|
|
if (rtx_equal_p (op1, op2) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
| 4990 |
|
|
return op1;
|
| 4991 |
|
|
|
| 4992 |
|
|
/* Convert a != b ? a : b into "a". */
|
| 4993 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == NE
|
| 4994 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0)
|
| 4995 |
|
|
&& ! HONOR_NANS (mode)
|
| 4996 |
|
|
&& ! HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
|
| 4997 |
|
|
&& ((rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
| 4998 |
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op2))
|
| 4999 |
|
|
|| (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op2)
|
| 5000 |
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1))))
|
| 5001 |
|
|
return op1;
|
| 5002 |
|
|
|
| 5003 |
|
|
/* Convert a == b ? a : b into "b". */
|
| 5004 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == EQ
|
| 5005 |
|
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0)
|
| 5006 |
|
|
&& ! HONOR_NANS (mode)
|
| 5007 |
|
|
&& ! HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
|
| 5008 |
|
|
&& ((rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
| 5009 |
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op2))
|
| 5010 |
|
|
|| (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op2)
|
| 5011 |
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1))))
|
| 5012 |
|
|
return op2;
|
| 5013 |
|
|
|
| 5014 |
|
|
if (COMPARISON_P (op0) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
| 5015 |
|
|
{
|
| 5016 |
|
|
enum machine_mode cmp_mode = (GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == VOIDmode
|
| 5017 |
|
|
? GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 1))
|
| 5018 |
|
|
: GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0)));
|
| 5019 |
|
|
rtx temp;
|
| 5020 |
|
|
|
| 5021 |
|
|
/* Look for happy constants in op1 and op2. */
|
| 5022 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (op1) && CONST_INT_P (op2))
|
| 5023 |
|
|
{
|
| 5024 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT t = INTVAL (op1);
|
| 5025 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT f = INTVAL (op2);
|
| 5026 |
|
|
|
| 5027 |
|
|
if (t == STORE_FLAG_VALUE && f == 0)
|
| 5028 |
|
|
code = GET_CODE (op0);
|
| 5029 |
|
|
else if (t == 0 && f == STORE_FLAG_VALUE)
|
| 5030 |
|
|
{
|
| 5031 |
|
|
enum rtx_code tmp;
|
| 5032 |
|
|
tmp = reversed_comparison_code (op0, NULL_RTX);
|
| 5033 |
|
|
if (tmp == UNKNOWN)
|
| 5034 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5035 |
|
|
code = tmp;
|
| 5036 |
|
|
}
|
| 5037 |
|
|
else
|
| 5038 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5039 |
|
|
|
| 5040 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, cmp_mode,
|
| 5041 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op0, 1));
|
| 5042 |
|
|
}
|
| 5043 |
|
|
|
| 5044 |
|
|
if (cmp_mode == VOIDmode)
|
| 5045 |
|
|
cmp_mode = op0_mode;
|
| 5046 |
|
|
temp = simplify_relational_operation (GET_CODE (op0), op0_mode,
|
| 5047 |
|
|
cmp_mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
|
| 5048 |
|
|
XEXP (op0, 1));
|
| 5049 |
|
|
|
| 5050 |
|
|
/* See if any simplifications were possible. */
|
| 5051 |
|
|
if (temp)
|
| 5052 |
|
|
{
|
| 5053 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (temp))
|
| 5054 |
|
|
return temp == const0_rtx ? op2 : op1;
|
| 5055 |
|
|
else if (temp)
|
| 5056 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (mode, temp, op1, op2);
|
| 5057 |
|
|
}
|
| 5058 |
|
|
}
|
| 5059 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5060 |
|
|
|
| 5061 |
|
|
case VEC_MERGE:
|
| 5062 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE (op0) == mode);
|
| 5063 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE (op1) == mode);
|
| 5064 |
|
|
gcc_assert (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode));
|
| 5065 |
|
|
op2 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op2);
|
| 5066 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (op2))
|
| 5067 |
|
|
{
|
| 5068 |
|
|
int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
|
| 5069 |
|
|
unsigned n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / elt_size);
|
| 5070 |
|
|
int mask = (1 << n_elts) - 1;
|
| 5071 |
|
|
|
| 5072 |
|
|
if (!(INTVAL (op2) & mask))
|
| 5073 |
|
|
return op1;
|
| 5074 |
|
|
if ((INTVAL (op2) & mask) == mask)
|
| 5075 |
|
|
return op0;
|
| 5076 |
|
|
|
| 5077 |
|
|
op0 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op0);
|
| 5078 |
|
|
op1 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op1);
|
| 5079 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_VECTOR
|
| 5080 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
| 5081 |
|
|
{
|
| 5082 |
|
|
rtvec v = rtvec_alloc (n_elts);
|
| 5083 |
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
| 5084 |
|
|
|
| 5085 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
|
| 5086 |
|
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = (INTVAL (op2) & (1 << i)
|
| 5087 |
|
|
? CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op0, i)
|
| 5088 |
|
|
: CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op1, i));
|
| 5089 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
| 5090 |
|
|
}
|
| 5091 |
|
|
}
|
| 5092 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5093 |
|
|
|
| 5094 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5095 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 5096 |
|
|
}
|
| 5097 |
|
|
|
| 5098 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 5099 |
|
|
}
|
| 5100 |
|
|
|
| 5101 |
|
|
/* Evaluate a SUBREG of a CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE or CONST_FIXED
|
| 5102 |
|
|
or CONST_VECTOR,
|
| 5103 |
|
|
returning another CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE or CONST_FIXED or CONST_VECTOR.
|
| 5104 |
|
|
|
| 5105 |
|
|
Works by unpacking OP into a collection of 8-bit values
|
| 5106 |
|
|
represented as a little-endian array of 'unsigned char', selecting by BYTE,
|
| 5107 |
|
|
and then repacking them again for OUTERMODE. */
|
| 5108 |
|
|
|
| 5109 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 5110 |
|
|
simplify_immed_subreg (enum machine_mode outermode, rtx op,
|
| 5111 |
|
|
enum machine_mode innermode, unsigned int byte)
|
| 5112 |
|
|
{
|
| 5113 |
|
|
/* We support up to 512-bit values (for V8DFmode). */
|
| 5114 |
|
|
enum {
|
| 5115 |
|
|
max_bitsize = 512,
|
| 5116 |
|
|
value_bit = 8,
|
| 5117 |
|
|
value_mask = (1 << value_bit) - 1
|
| 5118 |
|
|
};
|
| 5119 |
|
|
unsigned char value[max_bitsize / value_bit];
|
| 5120 |
|
|
int value_start;
|
| 5121 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 5122 |
|
|
int elem;
|
| 5123 |
|
|
|
| 5124 |
|
|
int num_elem;
|
| 5125 |
|
|
rtx * elems;
|
| 5126 |
|
|
int elem_bitsize;
|
| 5127 |
|
|
rtx result_s;
|
| 5128 |
|
|
rtvec result_v = NULL;
|
| 5129 |
|
|
enum mode_class outer_class;
|
| 5130 |
|
|
enum machine_mode outer_submode;
|
| 5131 |
|
|
|
| 5132 |
|
|
/* Some ports misuse CCmode. */
|
| 5133 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (outermode) == MODE_CC && CONST_INT_P (op))
|
| 5134 |
|
|
return op;
|
| 5135 |
|
|
|
| 5136 |
|
|
/* We have no way to represent a complex constant at the rtl level. */
|
| 5137 |
|
|
if (COMPLEX_MODE_P (outermode))
|
| 5138 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 5139 |
|
|
|
| 5140 |
|
|
/* Unpack the value. */
|
| 5141 |
|
|
|
| 5142 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
| 5143 |
|
|
{
|
| 5144 |
|
|
num_elem = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (op);
|
| 5145 |
|
|
elems = &CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op, 0);
|
| 5146 |
|
|
elem_bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (innermode));
|
| 5147 |
|
|
}
|
| 5148 |
|
|
else
|
| 5149 |
|
|
{
|
| 5150 |
|
|
num_elem = 1;
|
| 5151 |
|
|
elems = &op;
|
| 5152 |
|
|
elem_bitsize = max_bitsize;
|
| 5153 |
|
|
}
|
| 5154 |
|
|
/* If this asserts, it is too complicated; reducing value_bit may help. */
|
| 5155 |
|
|
gcc_assert (BITS_PER_UNIT % value_bit == 0);
|
| 5156 |
|
|
/* I don't know how to handle endianness of sub-units. */
|
| 5157 |
|
|
gcc_assert (elem_bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0);
|
| 5158 |
|
|
|
| 5159 |
|
|
for (elem = 0; elem < num_elem; elem++)
|
| 5160 |
|
|
{
|
| 5161 |
|
|
unsigned char * vp;
|
| 5162 |
|
|
rtx el = elems[elem];
|
| 5163 |
|
|
|
| 5164 |
|
|
/* Vectors are kept in target memory order. (This is probably
|
| 5165 |
|
|
a mistake.) */
|
| 5166 |
|
|
{
|
| 5167 |
|
|
unsigned byte = (elem * elem_bitsize) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
| 5168 |
|
|
unsigned ibyte = (((num_elem - 1 - elem) * elem_bitsize)
|
| 5169 |
|
|
/ BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
| 5170 |
|
|
unsigned word_byte = WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? ibyte : byte;
|
| 5171 |
|
|
unsigned subword_byte = BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN ? ibyte : byte;
|
| 5172 |
|
|
unsigned bytele = (subword_byte % UNITS_PER_WORD
|
| 5173 |
|
|
+ (word_byte / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD);
|
| 5174 |
|
|
vp = value + (bytele * BITS_PER_UNIT) / value_bit;
|
| 5175 |
|
|
}
|
| 5176 |
|
|
|
| 5177 |
|
|
switch (GET_CODE (el))
|
| 5178 |
|
|
{
|
| 5179 |
|
|
case CONST_INT:
|
| 5180 |
|
|
for (i = 0;
|
| 5181 |
|
|
i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT && i < elem_bitsize;
|
| 5182 |
|
|
i += value_bit)
|
| 5183 |
|
|
*vp++ = INTVAL (el) >> i;
|
| 5184 |
|
|
/* CONST_INTs are always logically sign-extended. */
|
| 5185 |
|
|
for (; i < elem_bitsize; i += value_bit)
|
| 5186 |
|
|
*vp++ = INTVAL (el) < 0 ? -1 : 0;
|
| 5187 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5188 |
|
|
|
| 5189 |
|
|
case CONST_DOUBLE:
|
| 5190 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (el) == VOIDmode)
|
| 5191 |
|
|
{
|
| 5192 |
|
|
/* If this triggers, someone should have generated a
|
| 5193 |
|
|
CONST_INT instead. */
|
| 5194 |
|
|
gcc_assert (elem_bitsize > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
|
| 5195 |
|
|
|
| 5196 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT; i += value_bit)
|
| 5197 |
|
|
*vp++ = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (el) >> i;
|
| 5198 |
|
|
while (i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT * 2 && i < elem_bitsize)
|
| 5199 |
|
|
{
|
| 5200 |
|
|
*vp++
|
| 5201 |
|
|
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (el) >> (i - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
|
| 5202 |
|
|
i += value_bit;
|
| 5203 |
|
|
}
|
| 5204 |
|
|
/* It shouldn't matter what's done here, so fill it with
|
| 5205 |
|
|
zero. */
|
| 5206 |
|
|
for (; i < elem_bitsize; i += value_bit)
|
| 5207 |
|
|
*vp++ = 0;
|
| 5208 |
|
|
}
|
| 5209 |
|
|
else
|
| 5210 |
|
|
{
|
| 5211 |
|
|
long tmp[max_bitsize / 32];
|
| 5212 |
|
|
int bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (el));
|
| 5213 |
|
|
|
| 5214 |
|
|
gcc_assert (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (el)));
|
| 5215 |
|
|
gcc_assert (bitsize <= elem_bitsize);
|
| 5216 |
|
|
gcc_assert (bitsize % value_bit == 0);
|
| 5217 |
|
|
|
| 5218 |
|
|
real_to_target (tmp, CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (el),
|
| 5219 |
|
|
GET_MODE (el));
|
| 5220 |
|
|
|
| 5221 |
|
|
/* real_to_target produces its result in words affected by
|
| 5222 |
|
|
FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. However, we ignore this,
|
| 5223 |
|
|
and use WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN instead; see the documentation
|
| 5224 |
|
|
of SUBREG in rtl.texi. */
|
| 5225 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < bitsize; i += value_bit)
|
| 5226 |
|
|
{
|
| 5227 |
|
|
int ibase;
|
| 5228 |
|
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
| 5229 |
|
|
ibase = bitsize - 1 - i;
|
| 5230 |
|
|
else
|
| 5231 |
|
|
ibase = i;
|
| 5232 |
|
|
*vp++ = tmp[ibase / 32] >> i % 32;
|
| 5233 |
|
|
}
|
| 5234 |
|
|
|
| 5235 |
|
|
/* It shouldn't matter what's done here, so fill it with
|
| 5236 |
|
|
zero. */
|
| 5237 |
|
|
for (; i < elem_bitsize; i += value_bit)
|
| 5238 |
|
|
*vp++ = 0;
|
| 5239 |
|
|
}
|
| 5240 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5241 |
|
|
|
| 5242 |
|
|
case CONST_FIXED:
|
| 5243 |
|
|
if (elem_bitsize <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 5244 |
|
|
{
|
| 5245 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < elem_bitsize; i += value_bit)
|
| 5246 |
|
|
*vp++ = CONST_FIXED_VALUE_LOW (el) >> i;
|
| 5247 |
|
|
}
|
| 5248 |
|
|
else
|
| 5249 |
|
|
{
|
| 5250 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT; i += value_bit)
|
| 5251 |
|
|
*vp++ = CONST_FIXED_VALUE_LOW (el) >> i;
|
| 5252 |
|
|
for (; i < 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT && i < elem_bitsize;
|
| 5253 |
|
|
i += value_bit)
|
| 5254 |
|
|
*vp++ = CONST_FIXED_VALUE_HIGH (el)
|
| 5255 |
|
|
>> (i - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
|
| 5256 |
|
|
for (; i < elem_bitsize; i += value_bit)
|
| 5257 |
|
|
*vp++ = 0;
|
| 5258 |
|
|
}
|
| 5259 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5260 |
|
|
|
| 5261 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5262 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 5263 |
|
|
}
|
| 5264 |
|
|
}
|
| 5265 |
|
|
|
| 5266 |
|
|
/* Now, pick the right byte to start with. */
|
| 5267 |
|
|
/* Renumber BYTE so that the least-significant byte is byte 0. A special
|
| 5268 |
|
|
case is paradoxical SUBREGs, which shouldn't be adjusted since they
|
| 5269 |
|
|
will already have offset 0. */
|
| 5270 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode) >= GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode))
|
| 5271 |
|
|
{
|
| 5272 |
|
|
unsigned ibyte = (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode) - GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode)
|
| 5273 |
|
|
- byte);
|
| 5274 |
|
|
unsigned word_byte = WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? ibyte : byte;
|
| 5275 |
|
|
unsigned subword_byte = BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN ? ibyte : byte;
|
| 5276 |
|
|
byte = (subword_byte % UNITS_PER_WORD
|
| 5277 |
|
|
+ (word_byte / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD);
|
| 5278 |
|
|
}
|
| 5279 |
|
|
|
| 5280 |
|
|
/* BYTE should still be inside OP. (Note that BYTE is unsigned,
|
| 5281 |
|
|
so if it's become negative it will instead be very large.) */
|
| 5282 |
|
|
gcc_assert (byte < GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode));
|
| 5283 |
|
|
|
| 5284 |
|
|
/* Convert from bytes to chunks of size value_bit. */
|
| 5285 |
|
|
value_start = byte * (BITS_PER_UNIT / value_bit);
|
| 5286 |
|
|
|
| 5287 |
|
|
/* Re-pack the value. */
|
| 5288 |
|
|
|
| 5289 |
|
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (outermode))
|
| 5290 |
|
|
{
|
| 5291 |
|
|
num_elem = GET_MODE_NUNITS (outermode);
|
| 5292 |
|
|
result_v = rtvec_alloc (num_elem);
|
| 5293 |
|
|
elems = &RTVEC_ELT (result_v, 0);
|
| 5294 |
|
|
outer_submode = GET_MODE_INNER (outermode);
|
| 5295 |
|
|
}
|
| 5296 |
|
|
else
|
| 5297 |
|
|
{
|
| 5298 |
|
|
num_elem = 1;
|
| 5299 |
|
|
elems = &result_s;
|
| 5300 |
|
|
outer_submode = outermode;
|
| 5301 |
|
|
}
|
| 5302 |
|
|
|
| 5303 |
|
|
outer_class = GET_MODE_CLASS (outer_submode);
|
| 5304 |
|
|
elem_bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (outer_submode);
|
| 5305 |
|
|
|
| 5306 |
|
|
gcc_assert (elem_bitsize % value_bit == 0);
|
| 5307 |
|
|
gcc_assert (elem_bitsize + value_start * value_bit <= max_bitsize);
|
| 5308 |
|
|
|
| 5309 |
|
|
for (elem = 0; elem < num_elem; elem++)
|
| 5310 |
|
|
{
|
| 5311 |
|
|
unsigned char *vp;
|
| 5312 |
|
|
|
| 5313 |
|
|
/* Vectors are stored in target memory order. (This is probably
|
| 5314 |
|
|
a mistake.) */
|
| 5315 |
|
|
{
|
| 5316 |
|
|
unsigned byte = (elem * elem_bitsize) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
| 5317 |
|
|
unsigned ibyte = (((num_elem - 1 - elem) * elem_bitsize)
|
| 5318 |
|
|
/ BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
| 5319 |
|
|
unsigned word_byte = WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? ibyte : byte;
|
| 5320 |
|
|
unsigned subword_byte = BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN ? ibyte : byte;
|
| 5321 |
|
|
unsigned bytele = (subword_byte % UNITS_PER_WORD
|
| 5322 |
|
|
+ (word_byte / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD);
|
| 5323 |
|
|
vp = value + value_start + (bytele * BITS_PER_UNIT) / value_bit;
|
| 5324 |
|
|
}
|
| 5325 |
|
|
|
| 5326 |
|
|
switch (outer_class)
|
| 5327 |
|
|
{
|
| 5328 |
|
|
case MODE_INT:
|
| 5329 |
|
|
case MODE_PARTIAL_INT:
|
| 5330 |
|
|
{
|
| 5331 |
|
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT hi = 0, lo = 0;
|
| 5332 |
|
|
|
| 5333 |
|
|
for (i = 0;
|
| 5334 |
|
|
i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT && i < elem_bitsize;
|
| 5335 |
|
|
i += value_bit)
|
| 5336 |
|
|
lo |= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)(*vp++ & value_mask) << i;
|
| 5337 |
|
|
for (; i < elem_bitsize; i += value_bit)
|
| 5338 |
|
|
hi |= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)(*vp++ & value_mask)
|
| 5339 |
|
|
<< (i - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
|
| 5340 |
|
|
|
| 5341 |
|
|
/* immed_double_const doesn't call trunc_int_for_mode. I don't
|
| 5342 |
|
|
know why. */
|
| 5343 |
|
|
if (elem_bitsize <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 5344 |
|
|
elems[elem] = gen_int_mode (lo, outer_submode);
|
| 5345 |
|
|
else if (elem_bitsize <= 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
| 5346 |
|
|
elems[elem] = immed_double_const (lo, hi, outer_submode);
|
| 5347 |
|
|
else
|
| 5348 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 5349 |
|
|
}
|
| 5350 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5351 |
|
|
|
| 5352 |
|
|
case MODE_FLOAT:
|
| 5353 |
|
|
case MODE_DECIMAL_FLOAT:
|
| 5354 |
|
|
{
|
| 5355 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
|
| 5356 |
|
|
long tmp[max_bitsize / 32];
|
| 5357 |
|
|
|
| 5358 |
|
|
/* real_from_target wants its input in words affected by
|
| 5359 |
|
|
FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. However, we ignore this,
|
| 5360 |
|
|
and use WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN instead; see the documentation
|
| 5361 |
|
|
of SUBREG in rtl.texi. */
|
| 5362 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < max_bitsize / 32; i++)
|
| 5363 |
|
|
tmp[i] = 0;
|
| 5364 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < elem_bitsize; i += value_bit)
|
| 5365 |
|
|
{
|
| 5366 |
|
|
int ibase;
|
| 5367 |
|
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
| 5368 |
|
|
ibase = elem_bitsize - 1 - i;
|
| 5369 |
|
|
else
|
| 5370 |
|
|
ibase = i;
|
| 5371 |
|
|
tmp[ibase / 32] |= (*vp++ & value_mask) << i % 32;
|
| 5372 |
|
|
}
|
| 5373 |
|
|
|
| 5374 |
|
|
real_from_target (&r, tmp, outer_submode);
|
| 5375 |
|
|
elems[elem] = CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (r, outer_submode);
|
| 5376 |
|
|
}
|
| 5377 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5378 |
|
|
|
| 5379 |
|
|
case MODE_FRACT:
|
| 5380 |
|
|
case MODE_UFRACT:
|
| 5381 |
|
|
case MODE_ACCUM:
|
| 5382 |
|
|
case MODE_UACCUM:
|
| 5383 |
|
|
{
|
| 5384 |
|
|
FIXED_VALUE_TYPE f;
|
| 5385 |
|
|
f.data.low = 0;
|
| 5386 |
|
|
f.data.high = 0;
|
| 5387 |
|
|
f.mode = outer_submode;
|
| 5388 |
|
|
|
| 5389 |
|
|
for (i = 0;
|
| 5390 |
|
|
i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT && i < elem_bitsize;
|
| 5391 |
|
|
i += value_bit)
|
| 5392 |
|
|
f.data.low |= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)(*vp++ & value_mask) << i;
|
| 5393 |
|
|
for (; i < elem_bitsize; i += value_bit)
|
| 5394 |
|
|
f.data.high |= ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)(*vp++ & value_mask)
|
| 5395 |
|
|
<< (i - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT));
|
| 5396 |
|
|
|
| 5397 |
|
|
elems[elem] = CONST_FIXED_FROM_FIXED_VALUE (f, outer_submode);
|
| 5398 |
|
|
}
|
| 5399 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5400 |
|
|
|
| 5401 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5402 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 5403 |
|
|
}
|
| 5404 |
|
|
}
|
| 5405 |
|
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (outermode))
|
| 5406 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (outermode, result_v);
|
| 5407 |
|
|
else
|
| 5408 |
|
|
return result_s;
|
| 5409 |
|
|
}
|
| 5410 |
|
|
|
| 5411 |
|
|
/* Simplify SUBREG:OUTERMODE(OP:INNERMODE, BYTE)
|
| 5412 |
|
|
Return 0 if no simplifications are possible. */
|
| 5413 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 5414 |
|
|
simplify_subreg (enum machine_mode outermode, rtx op,
|
| 5415 |
|
|
enum machine_mode innermode, unsigned int byte)
|
| 5416 |
|
|
{
|
| 5417 |
|
|
/* Little bit of sanity checking. */
|
| 5418 |
|
|
gcc_assert (innermode != VOIDmode);
|
| 5419 |
|
|
gcc_assert (outermode != VOIDmode);
|
| 5420 |
|
|
gcc_assert (innermode != BLKmode);
|
| 5421 |
|
|
gcc_assert (outermode != BLKmode);
|
| 5422 |
|
|
|
| 5423 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE (op) == innermode
|
| 5424 |
|
|
|| GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode);
|
| 5425 |
|
|
|
| 5426 |
|
|
gcc_assert ((byte % GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode)) == 0);
|
| 5427 |
|
|
gcc_assert (byte < GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode));
|
| 5428 |
|
|
|
| 5429 |
|
|
if (outermode == innermode && !byte)
|
| 5430 |
|
|
return op;
|
| 5431 |
|
|
|
| 5432 |
|
|
if (CONST_INT_P (op)
|
| 5433 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
| 5434 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == CONST_FIXED
|
| 5435 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
| 5436 |
|
|
return simplify_immed_subreg (outermode, op, innermode, byte);
|
| 5437 |
|
|
|
| 5438 |
|
|
/* Changing mode twice with SUBREG => just change it once,
|
| 5439 |
|
|
or not at all if changing back op starting mode. */
|
| 5440 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
|
| 5441 |
|
|
{
|
| 5442 |
|
|
enum machine_mode innermostmode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op));
|
| 5443 |
|
|
int final_offset = byte + SUBREG_BYTE (op);
|
| 5444 |
|
|
rtx newx;
|
| 5445 |
|
|
|
| 5446 |
|
|
if (outermode == innermostmode
|
| 5447 |
|
|
&& byte == 0 && SUBREG_BYTE (op) == 0)
|
| 5448 |
|
|
return SUBREG_REG (op);
|
| 5449 |
|
|
|
| 5450 |
|
|
/* The SUBREG_BYTE represents offset, as if the value were stored
|
| 5451 |
|
|
in memory. Irritating exception is paradoxical subreg, where
|
| 5452 |
|
|
we define SUBREG_BYTE to be 0. On big endian machines, this
|
| 5453 |
|
|
value should be negative. For a moment, undo this exception. */
|
| 5454 |
|
|
if (byte == 0 && GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode))
|
| 5455 |
|
|
{
|
| 5456 |
|
|
int difference = (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode) - GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode));
|
| 5457 |
|
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
| 5458 |
|
|
final_offset += (difference / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
| 5459 |
|
|
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
| 5460 |
|
|
final_offset += difference % UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
| 5461 |
|
|
}
|
| 5462 |
|
|
if (SUBREG_BYTE (op) == 0
|
| 5463 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (innermostmode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode))
|
| 5464 |
|
|
{
|
| 5465 |
|
|
int difference = (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermostmode) - GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode));
|
| 5466 |
|
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
| 5467 |
|
|
final_offset += (difference / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
| 5468 |
|
|
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
| 5469 |
|
|
final_offset += difference % UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
| 5470 |
|
|
}
|
| 5471 |
|
|
|
| 5472 |
|
|
/* See whether resulting subreg will be paradoxical. */
|
| 5473 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermostmode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode))
|
| 5474 |
|
|
{
|
| 5475 |
|
|
/* In nonparadoxical subregs we can't handle negative offsets. */
|
| 5476 |
|
|
if (final_offset < 0)
|
| 5477 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 5478 |
|
|
/* Bail out in case resulting subreg would be incorrect. */
|
| 5479 |
|
|
if (final_offset % GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode)
|
| 5480 |
|
|
|| (unsigned) final_offset >= GET_MODE_SIZE (innermostmode))
|
| 5481 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 5482 |
|
|
}
|
| 5483 |
|
|
else
|
| 5484 |
|
|
{
|
| 5485 |
|
|
int offset = 0;
|
| 5486 |
|
|
int difference = (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermostmode) - GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode));
|
| 5487 |
|
|
|
| 5488 |
|
|
/* In paradoxical subreg, see if we are still looking on lower part.
|
| 5489 |
|
|
If so, our SUBREG_BYTE will be 0. */
|
| 5490 |
|
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
| 5491 |
|
|
offset += (difference / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
| 5492 |
|
|
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
| 5493 |
|
|
offset += difference % UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
| 5494 |
|
|
if (offset == final_offset)
|
| 5495 |
|
|
final_offset = 0;
|
| 5496 |
|
|
else
|
| 5497 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 5498 |
|
|
}
|
| 5499 |
|
|
|
| 5500 |
|
|
/* Recurse for further possible simplifications. */
|
| 5501 |
|
|
newx = simplify_subreg (outermode, SUBREG_REG (op), innermostmode,
|
| 5502 |
|
|
final_offset);
|
| 5503 |
|
|
if (newx)
|
| 5504 |
|
|
return newx;
|
| 5505 |
|
|
if (validate_subreg (outermode, innermostmode,
|
| 5506 |
|
|
SUBREG_REG (op), final_offset))
|
| 5507 |
|
|
{
|
| 5508 |
|
|
newx = gen_rtx_SUBREG (outermode, SUBREG_REG (op), final_offset);
|
| 5509 |
|
|
if (SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op)
|
| 5510 |
|
|
&& SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (op) >= 0
|
| 5511 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (outermode) == MODE_INT
|
| 5512 |
|
|
&& IN_RANGE (GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode),
|
| 5513 |
|
|
GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode),
|
| 5514 |
|
|
GET_MODE_SIZE (innermostmode))
|
| 5515 |
|
|
&& subreg_lowpart_p (newx))
|
| 5516 |
|
|
{
|
| 5517 |
|
|
SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (newx) = 1;
|
| 5518 |
|
|
SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_SET
|
| 5519 |
|
|
(newx, SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (op));
|
| 5520 |
|
|
}
|
| 5521 |
|
|
return newx;
|
| 5522 |
|
|
}
|
| 5523 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 5524 |
|
|
}
|
| 5525 |
|
|
|
| 5526 |
|
|
/* Merge implicit and explicit truncations. */
|
| 5527 |
|
|
|
| 5528 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == TRUNCATE
|
| 5529 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode)
|
| 5530 |
|
|
&& subreg_lowpart_offset (outermode, innermode) == byte)
|
| 5531 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (TRUNCATE, outermode, XEXP (op, 0),
|
| 5532 |
|
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
| 5533 |
|
|
|
| 5534 |
|
|
/* SUBREG of a hard register => just change the register number
|
| 5535 |
|
|
and/or mode. If the hard register is not valid in that mode,
|
| 5536 |
|
|
suppress this simplification. If the hard register is the stack,
|
| 5537 |
|
|
frame, or argument pointer, leave this as a SUBREG. */
|
| 5538 |
|
|
|
| 5539 |
|
|
if (REG_P (op) && HARD_REGISTER_P (op))
|
| 5540 |
|
|
{
|
| 5541 |
|
|
unsigned int regno, final_regno;
|
| 5542 |
|
|
|
| 5543 |
|
|
regno = REGNO (op);
|
| 5544 |
|
|
final_regno = simplify_subreg_regno (regno, innermode, byte, outermode);
|
| 5545 |
|
|
if (HARD_REGISTER_NUM_P (final_regno))
|
| 5546 |
|
|
{
|
| 5547 |
|
|
rtx x;
|
| 5548 |
|
|
int final_offset = byte;
|
| 5549 |
|
|
|
| 5550 |
|
|
/* Adjust offset for paradoxical subregs. */
|
| 5551 |
|
|
if (byte == 0
|
| 5552 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode))
|
| 5553 |
|
|
{
|
| 5554 |
|
|
int difference = (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode)
|
| 5555 |
|
|
- GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode));
|
| 5556 |
|
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
| 5557 |
|
|
final_offset += (difference / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
| 5558 |
|
|
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
| 5559 |
|
|
final_offset += difference % UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
| 5560 |
|
|
}
|
| 5561 |
|
|
|
| 5562 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_REG_offset (op, outermode, final_regno, final_offset);
|
| 5563 |
|
|
|
| 5564 |
|
|
/* Propagate original regno. We don't have any way to specify
|
| 5565 |
|
|
the offset inside original regno, so do so only for lowpart.
|
| 5566 |
|
|
The information is used only by alias analysis that can not
|
| 5567 |
|
|
grog partial register anyway. */
|
| 5568 |
|
|
|
| 5569 |
|
|
if (subreg_lowpart_offset (outermode, innermode) == byte)
|
| 5570 |
|
|
ORIGINAL_REGNO (x) = ORIGINAL_REGNO (op);
|
| 5571 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 5572 |
|
|
}
|
| 5573 |
|
|
}
|
| 5574 |
|
|
|
| 5575 |
|
|
/* If we have a SUBREG of a register that we are replacing and we are
|
| 5576 |
|
|
replacing it with a MEM, make a new MEM and try replacing the
|
| 5577 |
|
|
SUBREG with it. Don't do this if the MEM has a mode-dependent address
|
| 5578 |
|
|
or if we would be widening it. */
|
| 5579 |
|
|
|
| 5580 |
|
|
if (MEM_P (op)
|
| 5581 |
|
|
&& ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (op, 0))
|
| 5582 |
|
|
/* Allow splitting of volatile memory references in case we don't
|
| 5583 |
|
|
have instruction to move the whole thing. */
|
| 5584 |
|
|
&& (! MEM_VOLATILE_P (op)
|
| 5585 |
|
|
|| ! have_insn_for (SET, innermode))
|
| 5586 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op)))
|
| 5587 |
|
|
return adjust_address_nv (op, outermode, byte);
|
| 5588 |
|
|
|
| 5589 |
|
|
/* Handle complex values represented as CONCAT
|
| 5590 |
|
|
of real and imaginary part. */
|
| 5591 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONCAT)
|
| 5592 |
|
|
{
|
| 5593 |
|
|
unsigned int part_size, final_offset;
|
| 5594 |
|
|
rtx part, res;
|
| 5595 |
|
|
|
| 5596 |
|
|
part_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
| 5597 |
|
|
if (byte < part_size)
|
| 5598 |
|
|
{
|
| 5599 |
|
|
part = XEXP (op, 0);
|
| 5600 |
|
|
final_offset = byte;
|
| 5601 |
|
|
}
|
| 5602 |
|
|
else
|
| 5603 |
|
|
{
|
| 5604 |
|
|
part = XEXP (op, 1);
|
| 5605 |
|
|
final_offset = byte - part_size;
|
| 5606 |
|
|
}
|
| 5607 |
|
|
|
| 5608 |
|
|
if (final_offset + GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode) > part_size)
|
| 5609 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 5610 |
|
|
|
| 5611 |
|
|
res = simplify_subreg (outermode, part, GET_MODE (part), final_offset);
|
| 5612 |
|
|
if (res)
|
| 5613 |
|
|
return res;
|
| 5614 |
|
|
if (validate_subreg (outermode, GET_MODE (part), part, final_offset))
|
| 5615 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_SUBREG (outermode, part, final_offset);
|
| 5616 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 5617 |
|
|
}
|
| 5618 |
|
|
|
| 5619 |
|
|
/* Optimize SUBREG truncations of zero and sign extended values. */
|
| 5620 |
|
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == ZERO_EXTEND
|
| 5621 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == SIGN_EXTEND)
|
| 5622 |
|
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (innermode)
|
| 5623 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_PRECISION (outermode) < GET_MODE_PRECISION (innermode))
|
| 5624 |
|
|
{
|
| 5625 |
|
|
unsigned int bitpos = subreg_lsb_1 (outermode, innermode, byte);
|
| 5626 |
|
|
|
| 5627 |
|
|
/* If we're requesting the lowpart of a zero or sign extension,
|
| 5628 |
|
|
there are three possibilities. If the outermode is the same
|
| 5629 |
|
|
as the origmode, we can omit both the extension and the subreg.
|
| 5630 |
|
|
If the outermode is not larger than the origmode, we can apply
|
| 5631 |
|
|
the truncation without the extension. Finally, if the outermode
|
| 5632 |
|
|
is larger than the origmode, but both are integer modes, we
|
| 5633 |
|
|
can just extend to the appropriate mode. */
|
| 5634 |
|
|
if (bitpos == 0)
|
| 5635 |
|
|
{
|
| 5636 |
|
|
enum machine_mode origmode = GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0));
|
| 5637 |
|
|
if (outermode == origmode)
|
| 5638 |
|
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
| 5639 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (outermode) <= GET_MODE_PRECISION (origmode))
|
| 5640 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_subreg (outermode, XEXP (op, 0), origmode,
|
| 5641 |
|
|
subreg_lowpart_offset (outermode,
|
| 5642 |
|
|
origmode));
|
| 5643 |
|
|
if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (outermode))
|
| 5644 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_unary (GET_CODE (op), outermode,
|
| 5645 |
|
|
XEXP (op, 0), origmode);
|
| 5646 |
|
|
}
|
| 5647 |
|
|
|
| 5648 |
|
|
/* A SUBREG resulting from a zero extension may fold to zero if
|
| 5649 |
|
|
it extracts higher bits that the ZERO_EXTEND's source bits. */
|
| 5650 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == ZERO_EXTEND
|
| 5651 |
|
|
&& bitpos >= GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0))))
|
| 5652 |
|
|
return CONST0_RTX (outermode);
|
| 5653 |
|
|
}
|
| 5654 |
|
|
|
| 5655 |
|
|
/* Simplify (subreg:QI (lshiftrt:SI (sign_extend:SI (x:QI)) C), 0) into
|
| 5656 |
|
|
to (ashiftrt:QI (x:QI) C), where C is a suitable small constant and
|
| 5657 |
|
|
the outer subreg is effectively a truncation to the original mode. */
|
| 5658 |
|
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == LSHIFTRT
|
| 5659 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFTRT)
|
| 5660 |
|
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (outermode)
|
| 5661 |
|
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (innermode)
|
| 5662 |
|
|
/* Ensure that OUTERMODE is at least twice as wide as the INNERMODE
|
| 5663 |
|
|
to avoid the possibility that an outer LSHIFTRT shifts by more
|
| 5664 |
|
|
than the sign extension's sign_bit_copies and introduces zeros
|
| 5665 |
|
|
into the high bits of the result. */
|
| 5666 |
|
|
&& (2 * GET_MODE_PRECISION (outermode)) <= GET_MODE_PRECISION (innermode)
|
| 5667 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op, 1))
|
| 5668 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND
|
| 5669 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == outermode
|
| 5670 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) < GET_MODE_PRECISION (outermode)
|
| 5671 |
|
|
&& subreg_lsb_1 (outermode, innermode, byte) == 0)
|
| 5672 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFTRT, outermode,
|
| 5673 |
|
|
XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0), XEXP (op, 1));
|
| 5674 |
|
|
|
| 5675 |
|
|
/* Likewise (subreg:QI (lshiftrt:SI (zero_extend:SI (x:QI)) C), 0) into
|
| 5676 |
|
|
to (lshiftrt:QI (x:QI) C), where C is a suitable small constant and
|
| 5677 |
|
|
the outer subreg is effectively a truncation to the original mode. */
|
| 5678 |
|
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == LSHIFTRT
|
| 5679 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFTRT)
|
| 5680 |
|
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (outermode)
|
| 5681 |
|
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (innermode)
|
| 5682 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_PRECISION (outermode) < GET_MODE_PRECISION (innermode)
|
| 5683 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op, 1))
|
| 5684 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
|
| 5685 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == outermode
|
| 5686 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) < GET_MODE_PRECISION (outermode)
|
| 5687 |
|
|
&& subreg_lsb_1 (outermode, innermode, byte) == 0)
|
| 5688 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, outermode,
|
| 5689 |
|
|
XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0), XEXP (op, 1));
|
| 5690 |
|
|
|
| 5691 |
|
|
/* Likewise (subreg:QI (ashift:SI (zero_extend:SI (x:QI)) C), 0) into
|
| 5692 |
|
|
to (ashift:QI (x:QI) C), where C is a suitable small constant and
|
| 5693 |
|
|
the outer subreg is effectively a truncation to the original mode. */
|
| 5694 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFT
|
| 5695 |
|
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (outermode)
|
| 5696 |
|
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (innermode)
|
| 5697 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_PRECISION (outermode) < GET_MODE_PRECISION (innermode)
|
| 5698 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op, 1))
|
| 5699 |
|
|
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
|
| 5700 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND)
|
| 5701 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == outermode
|
| 5702 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) < GET_MODE_PRECISION (outermode)
|
| 5703 |
|
|
&& subreg_lsb_1 (outermode, innermode, byte) == 0)
|
| 5704 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFT, outermode,
|
| 5705 |
|
|
XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0), XEXP (op, 1));
|
| 5706 |
|
|
|
| 5707 |
|
|
/* Recognize a word extraction from a multi-word subreg. */
|
| 5708 |
|
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == LSHIFTRT
|
| 5709 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFTRT)
|
| 5710 |
|
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (innermode)
|
| 5711 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_PRECISION (outermode) >= BITS_PER_WORD
|
| 5712 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_PRECISION (innermode) >= (2 * GET_MODE_PRECISION (outermode))
|
| 5713 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op, 1))
|
| 5714 |
|
|
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) & (GET_MODE_PRECISION (outermode) - 1)) == 0
|
| 5715 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) >= 0
|
| 5716 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) < GET_MODE_PRECISION (innermode)
|
| 5717 |
|
|
&& byte == subreg_lowpart_offset (outermode, innermode))
|
| 5718 |
|
|
{
|
| 5719 |
|
|
int shifted_bytes = INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
| 5720 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_subreg (outermode, XEXP (op, 0), innermode,
|
| 5721 |
|
|
(WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
|
| 5722 |
|
|
? byte - shifted_bytes
|
| 5723 |
|
|
: byte + shifted_bytes));
|
| 5724 |
|
|
}
|
| 5725 |
|
|
|
| 5726 |
|
|
/* If we have a lowpart SUBREG of a right shift of MEM, make a new MEM
|
| 5727 |
|
|
and try replacing the SUBREG and shift with it. Don't do this if
|
| 5728 |
|
|
the MEM has a mode-dependent address or if we would be widening it. */
|
| 5729 |
|
|
|
| 5730 |
|
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == LSHIFTRT
|
| 5731 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFTRT)
|
| 5732 |
|
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (innermode)
|
| 5733 |
|
|
&& MEM_P (XEXP (op, 0))
|
| 5734 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (op, 1))
|
| 5735 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op))
|
| 5736 |
|
|
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) % GET_MODE_BITSIZE (outermode)) == 0
|
| 5737 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) > 0
|
| 5738 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (innermode)
|
| 5739 |
|
|
&& ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0))
|
| 5740 |
|
|
&& ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (XEXP (op, 0))
|
| 5741 |
|
|
&& byte == subreg_lowpart_offset (outermode, innermode)
|
| 5742 |
|
|
&& (GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode) >= UNITS_PER_WORD
|
| 5743 |
|
|
|| WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN == BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN))
|
| 5744 |
|
|
{
|
| 5745 |
|
|
int shifted_bytes = INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
| 5746 |
|
|
return adjust_address_nv (XEXP (op, 0), outermode,
|
| 5747 |
|
|
(WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
|
| 5748 |
|
|
? byte - shifted_bytes
|
| 5749 |
|
|
: byte + shifted_bytes));
|
| 5750 |
|
|
}
|
| 5751 |
|
|
|
| 5752 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 5753 |
|
|
}
|
| 5754 |
|
|
|
| 5755 |
|
|
/* Make a SUBREG operation or equivalent if it folds. */
|
| 5756 |
|
|
|
| 5757 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 5758 |
|
|
simplify_gen_subreg (enum machine_mode outermode, rtx op,
|
| 5759 |
|
|
enum machine_mode innermode, unsigned int byte)
|
| 5760 |
|
|
{
|
| 5761 |
|
|
rtx newx;
|
| 5762 |
|
|
|
| 5763 |
|
|
newx = simplify_subreg (outermode, op, innermode, byte);
|
| 5764 |
|
|
if (newx)
|
| 5765 |
|
|
return newx;
|
| 5766 |
|
|
|
| 5767 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
| 5768 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == CONCAT
|
| 5769 |
|
|
|| GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode)
|
| 5770 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 5771 |
|
|
|
| 5772 |
|
|
if (validate_subreg (outermode, innermode, op, byte))
|
| 5773 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_SUBREG (outermode, op, byte);
|
| 5774 |
|
|
|
| 5775 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 5776 |
|
|
}
|
| 5777 |
|
|
|
| 5778 |
|
|
/* Simplify X, an rtx expression.
|
| 5779 |
|
|
|
| 5780 |
|
|
Return the simplified expression or NULL if no simplifications
|
| 5781 |
|
|
were possible.
|
| 5782 |
|
|
|
| 5783 |
|
|
This is the preferred entry point into the simplification routines;
|
| 5784 |
|
|
however, we still allow passes to call the more specific routines.
|
| 5785 |
|
|
|
| 5786 |
|
|
Right now GCC has three (yes, three) major bodies of RTL simplification
|
| 5787 |
|
|
code that need to be unified.
|
| 5788 |
|
|
|
| 5789 |
|
|
1. fold_rtx in cse.c. This code uses various CSE specific
|
| 5790 |
|
|
information to aid in RTL simplification.
|
| 5791 |
|
|
|
| 5792 |
|
|
2. simplify_rtx in combine.c. Similar to fold_rtx, except that
|
| 5793 |
|
|
it uses combine specific information to aid in RTL
|
| 5794 |
|
|
simplification.
|
| 5795 |
|
|
|
| 5796 |
|
|
3. The routines in this file.
|
| 5797 |
|
|
|
| 5798 |
|
|
|
| 5799 |
|
|
Long term we want to only have one body of simplification code; to
|
| 5800 |
|
|
get to that state I recommend the following steps:
|
| 5801 |
|
|
|
| 5802 |
|
|
1. Pour over fold_rtx & simplify_rtx and move any simplifications
|
| 5803 |
|
|
which are not pass dependent state into these routines.
|
| 5804 |
|
|
|
| 5805 |
|
|
2. As code is moved by #1, change fold_rtx & simplify_rtx to
|
| 5806 |
|
|
use this routine whenever possible.
|
| 5807 |
|
|
|
| 5808 |
|
|
3. Allow for pass dependent state to be provided to these
|
| 5809 |
|
|
routines and add simplifications based on the pass dependent
|
| 5810 |
|
|
state. Remove code from cse.c & combine.c that becomes
|
| 5811 |
|
|
redundant/dead.
|
| 5812 |
|
|
|
| 5813 |
|
|
It will take time, but ultimately the compiler will be easier to
|
| 5814 |
|
|
maintain and improve. It's totally silly that when we add a
|
| 5815 |
|
|
simplification that it needs to be added to 4 places (3 for RTL
|
| 5816 |
|
|
simplification and 1 for tree simplification. */
|
| 5817 |
|
|
|
| 5818 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 5819 |
|
|
simplify_rtx (const_rtx x)
|
| 5820 |
|
|
{
|
| 5821 |
|
|
const enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
|
| 5822 |
|
|
const enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
|
| 5823 |
|
|
|
| 5824 |
|
|
switch (GET_RTX_CLASS (code))
|
| 5825 |
|
|
{
|
| 5826 |
|
|
case RTX_UNARY:
|
| 5827 |
|
|
return simplify_unary_operation (code, mode,
|
| 5828 |
|
|
XEXP (x, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)));
|
| 5829 |
|
|
case RTX_COMM_ARITH:
|
| 5830 |
|
|
if (swap_commutative_operands_p (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1)))
|
| 5831 |
|
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, XEXP (x, 1), XEXP (x, 0));
|
| 5832 |
|
|
|
| 5833 |
|
|
/* Fall through.... */
|
| 5834 |
|
|
|
| 5835 |
|
|
case RTX_BIN_ARITH:
|
| 5836 |
|
|
return simplify_binary_operation (code, mode, XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1));
|
| 5837 |
|
|
|
| 5838 |
|
|
case RTX_TERNARY:
|
| 5839 |
|
|
case RTX_BITFIELD_OPS:
|
| 5840 |
|
|
return simplify_ternary_operation (code, mode, GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)),
|
| 5841 |
|
|
XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1),
|
| 5842 |
|
|
XEXP (x, 2));
|
| 5843 |
|
|
|
| 5844 |
|
|
case RTX_COMPARE:
|
| 5845 |
|
|
case RTX_COMM_COMPARE:
|
| 5846 |
|
|
return simplify_relational_operation (code, mode,
|
| 5847 |
|
|
((GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0))
|
| 5848 |
|
|
!= VOIDmode)
|
| 5849 |
|
|
? GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0))
|
| 5850 |
|
|
: GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 1))),
|
| 5851 |
|
|
XEXP (x, 0),
|
| 5852 |
|
|
XEXP (x, 1));
|
| 5853 |
|
|
|
| 5854 |
|
|
case RTX_EXTRA:
|
| 5855 |
|
|
if (code == SUBREG)
|
| 5856 |
|
|
return simplify_subreg (mode, SUBREG_REG (x),
|
| 5857 |
|
|
GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)),
|
| 5858 |
|
|
SUBREG_BYTE (x));
|
| 5859 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5860 |
|
|
|
| 5861 |
|
|
case RTX_OBJ:
|
| 5862 |
|
|
if (code == LO_SUM)
|
| 5863 |
|
|
{
|
| 5864 |
|
|
/* Convert (lo_sum (high FOO) FOO) to FOO. */
|
| 5865 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == HIGH
|
| 5866 |
|
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), XEXP (x, 1)))
|
| 5867 |
|
|
return XEXP (x, 1);
|
| 5868 |
|
|
}
|
| 5869 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5870 |
|
|
|
| 5871 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5872 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5873 |
|
|
}
|
| 5874 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 5875 |
|
|
}
|